-- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written --
-- authorization. --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- $Id: NEWS,v 1.1570 2010/07/24 22:19:44 tom Exp $
+-- $Id: NEWS,v 1.1574 2010/07/31 23:42:36 tom Exp $
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This is a log of changes that ncurses has gone through since Zeyd started
Changes through 1.9.9e did not credit all contributions;
it is not possible to add this information.
+20100731
+ + modify initialization check for win32con driver to eliminate need for
+ special case for TERM "unknown", using terminal database if available
+ (prompted by discussion with Roumen Petrov).
+ + for MinGW port, ensure that terminal driver is setup if tgetent()
+ is called (patch by Roumen Petrov).
+ + document tabs "-0" and "-8" options in manpage.
+ + fix Debian "lintian" issues with manpages reported in
+ http://lintian.debian.org/full/csmall@debian.org.html#ncurses
+
20100724
+ add a check in tic for missing set_tab if clear_all_tabs given.
+ improve use of symbolic links in makefiles by using "-f" option if
# use or other dealings in this Software without prior written #
# authorization. #
##############################################################################
-# $Id: dist.mk,v 1.767 2010/07/24 11:20:37 tom Exp $
+# $Id: dist.mk,v 1.768 2010/07/31 13:51:21 tom Exp $
# Makefile for creating ncurses distributions.
#
# This only needs to be used directly as a makefile by developers, but
# These define the major/minor/patch versions of ncurses.
NCURSES_MAJOR = 5
NCURSES_MINOR = 7
-NCURSES_PATCH = 20100724
+NCURSES_PATCH = 20100731
# We don't append the patch to the version, since this only applies to releases
VERSION = $(NCURSES_MAJOR).$(NCURSES_MINOR)
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.22 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.23 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
</PRE>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2000,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: clear.1,v 1.6 2006/12/24 18:07:53 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: clear.1,v 1.7 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="tput.1.html">tput(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_add_wch.3x,v 1.6 2006/12/24 15:22:22 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_add_wch.3x,v 1.7 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
with rendition specified by <EM>wch</EM>. The cursor then
advances to the next spacing character on the screen.
- - If <EM>wch</EM> refers to a non-spacing character, all previ-
- ous characters at that location are preserved. The
- non-spacing characters of <EM>wch</EM> are added to the spac-
+ - If <EM>wch</EM> refers to a non-spacing character, all previ-
+ ous characters at that location are preserved. The
+ non-spacing characters of <EM>wch</EM> are added to the spac-
ing complex character, and the rendition specified by
<EM>wch</EM> is ignored.
- - If the character part of <EM>wch</EM> is a tab, newline,
- backspace or other control character, the window is
+ - If the character part of <EM>wch</EM> is a tab, newline,
+ backspace or other control character, the window is
updated and the cursor moves as if <STRONG>addch</STRONG> were called.
The <STRONG>echo_wchar</STRONG> function is functionally equivalent to a
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 2002-2004,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_add_wchstr.3x,v 1.6 2005/01/02 01:28:49 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_add_wchstr.3x,v 1.7 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_addch.3x,v 1.27 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_addch.3x,v 1.28 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_addchstr.3x,v 1.12 2006/12/02 17:02:45 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_addchstr.3x,v 1.13 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>waddchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddchstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
<STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvaddchnstr(int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG> <STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
- <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddchstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
<STRONG>*chstr);</STRONG>
- <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW</STRONG> <STRONG>*win,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>y,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>x,</STRONG> <STRONG>const</STRONG> <STRONG>chtype</STRONG>
<STRONG>*chstr,</STRONG> <STRONG>int</STRONG> <STRONG>n);</STRONG>
</PRE>
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
- These routines copy <EM>chstr</EM> into the window image structure
- at and after the current cursor position. The four rou-
+ These routines copy <EM>chstr</EM> into the window image structure
+ at and after the current cursor position. The four rou-
tines with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument copy at most <EM>n</EM> elements,
- but no more than will fit on the line. If <STRONG>n</STRONG>=<STRONG>-1</STRONG> then the
- whole string is copied, to the maximum number of charac-
+ but no more than will fit on the line. If <STRONG>n</STRONG>=<STRONG>-1</STRONG> then the
+ whole string is copied, to the maximum number of charac-
ters that will fit on the line.
The window cursor is <EM>not</EM> advanced, and these routines work
faster than <STRONG>waddnstr</STRONG>. On the other hand, they do not per-
- form any kind of checking (such as for the newline,
+ form any kind of checking (such as for the newline,
backspace, or carriage return characters), they do not ad-
vance the current cursor position, they do not expand oth-
- er control characters to ^-escapes, and they truncate the
- string if it crosses the right margin, rather than wrap-
+ er control characters to ^-escapes, and they truncate the
+ string if it crosses the right margin, rather than wrap-
ping it around to the new line.
</PRE>
<H2>RETURN VALUES</H2><PRE>
All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on
- success (the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+ success (the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless other-
wise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
- X/Open does not define any error conditions. This imple-
- mentation returns an error if the window pointer is null.
+ X/Open does not define any error conditions. This imple-
+ mentation returns an error if the window pointer is null.
</PRE>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_addstr.3x,v 1.13 2005/05/15 16:17:14 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_addstr.3x,v 1.14 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 2002-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_addwstr.3x,v 1.7 2006/02/25 20:59:08 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_addwstr.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_attr.3x,v 1.32 2009/09/19 20:12:30 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_attr.3x,v 1.33 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_beep.3x,v 1.10 2005/01/08 17:55:51 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_beep.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_bkgd.3x,v 1.20 2010/01/30 21:29:04 Tim.van.der.Molen Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_bkgd.3x,v 1.21 2010/07/31 14:36:04 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_border.3x,v 1.19 2007/02/24 16:15:38 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_border.3x,v 1.20 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
this appears to be an error.
X/Open does not define any error conditions. This imple-
- mentation returns an error if the window pointer is null.
+ mentation returns an error if the window pointer is null.
</PRE>
<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
- The borders generated by these functions are <EM>inside</EM> bor-
+ The borders generated by these functions are <EM>inside</EM> bor-
ders (this is also true of SVr4 curses, though the fact is
not documented).
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
- Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
failure, but specifies no error conditions.
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 2002-2004,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_border_set.3x,v 1.6 2005/05/15 16:17:37 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_border_set.3x,v 1.7 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_clear.3x,v 1.11 2007/12/29 15:58:38 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_clear.3x,v 1.12 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
- The <STRONG>erase</STRONG> and <STRONG>werase</STRONG> routines copy blanks to every posi-
+ The <STRONG>erase</STRONG> and <STRONG>werase</STRONG> routines copy blanks to every posi-
tion in the window, clearing the screen.
- The <STRONG>clear</STRONG> and <STRONG>wclear</STRONG> routines are like <STRONG>erase</STRONG> and <STRONG>werase</STRONG>,
- but they also call <STRONG>clearok</STRONG>, so that the screen is cleared
- completely on the next call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> for that window
+ The <STRONG>clear</STRONG> and <STRONG>wclear</STRONG> routines are like <STRONG>erase</STRONG> and <STRONG>werase</STRONG>,
+ but they also call <STRONG>clearok</STRONG>, so that the screen is cleared
+ completely on the next call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG> for that window
and repainted from scratch.
- The <STRONG>clrtobot</STRONG> and <STRONG>wclrtobot</STRONG> routines erase from the cursor
+ The <STRONG>clrtobot</STRONG> and <STRONG>wclrtobot</STRONG> routines erase from the cursor
to the end of screen. That is, they erase all lines below
- the cursor in the window. Also, the current line to the
+ the cursor in the window. Also, the current line to the
right of the cursor, inclusive, is erased.
The <STRONG>clrtoeol</STRONG> and <STRONG>wclrtoeol</STRONG> routines erase the current line
- to the right of the cursor, inclusive, to the end of the
+ to the right of the cursor, inclusive, to the end of the
current line.
Blanks created by erasure have the current background ren-
</PRE>
<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
- All routines return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on success and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
- failure. The SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative inte-
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on success and <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+ failure. The SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative inte-
ger if <STRONG>immedok</STRONG> is set", but this appears to be an error.
- X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
tion, functions using a window pointer parameter return an
error if it is null.
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
- Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ Issue 4. The standard specifies that they return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> on
failure, but specifies no error conditions.
- Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocu-
- mented feature, the ability to do the equivalent of
- <STRONG>clearok(...,</STRONG> <STRONG>1)</STRONG> by saying <STRONG>touchwin(stdscr)</STRONG> or <STRONG>clear(std-</STRONG>
+ Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocu-
+ mented feature, the ability to do the equivalent of
+ <STRONG>clearok(...,</STRONG> <STRONG>1)</STRONG> by saying <STRONG>touchwin(stdscr)</STRONG> or <STRONG>clear(std-</STRONG>
<STRONG>scr)</STRONG>. This will not work under ncurses.
- This implementation, and others such as Solaris, sets the
- current position to 0,0 after erasing via <STRONG>werase()</STRONG> and
- <STRONG>wclear()</STRONG>. That fact is not documented in other implemen-
+ This implementation, and others such as Solaris, sets the
+ current position to 0,0 after erasing via <STRONG>werase()</STRONG> and
+ <STRONG>wclear()</STRONG>. That fact is not documented in other implemen-
tations, and may not be true of implementations which were
not derived from SVr4 source.
- Not obvious from the description, most implementations
- clear the screen after <STRONG>wclear</STRONG> even for a subwindow or de-
+ Not obvious from the description, most implementations
+ clear the screen after <STRONG>wclear</STRONG> even for a subwindow or de-
rived window. If you do not want to clear the screen dur-
ing the next <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>, use <STRONG>werase</STRONG> instead.
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_color.3x,v 1.29 2009/01/24 23:10:02 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_color.3x,v 1.30 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2000,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_delch.3x,v 1.8 2006/02/25 21:42:57 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_delch.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_deleteln.3x,v 1.11 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_deleteln.3x,v 1.12 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1999-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1999-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
* Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1999-on
- * @Id: curs_extend.3x,v 1.17 2006/12/24 18:01:48 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_extend.3x,v 1.18 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2009,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_getcchar.3x,v 1.12 2009/07/18 16:10:56 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_getcchar.3x,v 1.13 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_getstr.3x,v 1.15 2006/01/12 00:30:58 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_getstr.3x,v 1.16 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_getyx.3x,v 1.16 2007/05/12 16:34:49 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_getyx.3x,v 1.17 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 2002-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_in_wch.3x,v 1.2 2006/02/25 21:42:22 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_in_wch.3x,v 1.3 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_inch.3x,v 1.13 2006/12/02 16:58:55 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_inch.3x,v 1.14 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_inchstr.3x,v 1.12 2006/12/02 17:00:58 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_inchstr.3x,v 1.13 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
Note that all routines except <STRONG>winchnstr</STRONG> may be macros.
- SVr4 does not document whether the result string is 0-ter-
- minated; it does not document whether a length limit argu-
- ment includes any trailing 0; and it does not document the
- meaning of the return value.
+ SVr4 does not document whether the result string is zero-
+ terminated; it does not document whether a length limit
+ argument includes any trailing 0; and it does not document
+ the meaning of the return value.
</PRE>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_initscr.3x,v 1.14 2005/05/15 16:18:01 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_initscr.3x,v 1.15 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
Routines that return pointers always return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error.
- X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
- tion <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> returns an error if the terminal was not ini-
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ tion <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> returns an error if the terminal was not ini-
tialized.
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4. It specifies that portable applications must not
call <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> more than once.
Old versions of curses, e.g., BSD 4.4, may have returned a
- null pointer from <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> when an error is detected,
- rather than exiting. It is safe but redundant to check
+ null pointer from <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> when an error is detected,
+ rather than exiting. It is safe but redundant to check
the return value of <STRONG>initscr</STRONG> in XSI Curses.
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_inopts.3x,v 1.13 2005/05/15 16:18:07 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_inopts.3x,v 1.14 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_insch.3x,v 1.10 2006/12/02 17:01:50 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_insch.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_insstr.3x,v 1.18 2006/12/24 14:59:30 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_insstr.3x,v 1.19 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
- These routines insert a character string (as many charac-
- ters as will fit on the line) before the character under
+ These routines insert a character string (as many charac-
+ ters as will fit on the line) before the character under
the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are
- shifted right with the possibility of the rightmost char-
- acters on the line being lost. The cursor position does
- not change (after moving to <EM>y</EM>, <EM>x</EM>, if specified). The
- functions with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument insert a leading
- substring of at most <EM>n</EM> characters. If <EM>n</EM><=0, then the
+ shifted right with the possibility of the rightmost char-
+ acters on the line being lost. The cursor position does
+ not change (after moving to <EM>y</EM>, <EM>x</EM>, if specified). The
+ functions with <EM>n</EM> as the last argument insert a leading
+ substring of at most <EM>n</EM> characters. If <EM>n</EM><=0, then the
entire string is inserted.
Special characters are handled as in <STRONG>addch</STRONG>.
</PRE>
<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
- All routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
- ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other
- than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless otherwise
+ All routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon fail-
+ ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other
+ than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion, unless otherwise
noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
- X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
tion, if the window parameter is null or the str parameter
is null, an error is returned.
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+ These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
Issue 4, which adds const qualifiers to the arguments.
- The Single Unix Specification, Version 2 states that
- <STRONG>insnstr</STRONG> and <STRONG>winsnstr</STRONG> perform wrapping. This is probably
+ The Single Unix Specification, Version 2 states that
+ <STRONG>insnstr</STRONG> and <STRONG>winsnstr</STRONG> perform wrapping. This is probably
an error, since it makes this group of functions inconsis-
- tent. Also, no implementation of curses documents this
+ tent. Also, no implementation of curses documents this
inconsistency.
</PRE>
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
- <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
+ <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_util.3x.html">curs_util(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_clear.3x.html">curs_clear(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_inch.3x.html">curs_inch(3x)</A></STRONG>.
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_instr.3x,v 1.13 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_instr.3x,v 1.14 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_kernel.3x,v 1.15 2005/05/15 16:18:13 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_kernel.3x,v 1.16 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
The following routines give low-level access to various
- <STRONG>curses</STRONG> capabilities. Theses routines typically are used
+ <STRONG>curses</STRONG> capabilities. These routines typically are used
inside library routines.
The <STRONG>def_prog_mode</STRONG> and <STRONG>def_shell_mode</STRONG> routines save the
<STRONG>def_prog_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>def_shell_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>reset_prog_mode</STRONG>, <STRONG>re-</STRONG>
<STRONG>set_shell_mode</STRONG>
- return an error if the terminal was not ini-
- tialized, or if the I/O call to obtain the
+ return an error if the terminal was not ini-
+ tialized, or if the I/O call to obtain the
terminal settings fails.
<STRONG>ripoffline</STRONG>
- returns an error if the maximum number of
- ripped-off lines exceeds the maximum (NRIPS =
+ returns an error if the maximum number of
+ ripped-off lines exceeds the maximum (NRIPS =
5).
</PRE>
<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
- Note that <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> is a macro, so <STRONG>&</STRONG> is not necessary before
+ Note that <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> is a macro, so <STRONG>&</STRONG> is not necessary before
the variables <EM>y</EM> and <EM>x</EM>.
- Older SVr4 man pages warn that the return value of
- <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> "is currently incorrect". This implementation
- gets it right, but it may be unwise to count on the cor-
+ Older SVr4 man pages warn that the return value of
+ <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> "is currently incorrect". This implementation
+ gets it right, but it may be unwise to count on the cor-
rectness of the return value anywhere else.
- Both ncurses and SVr4 will call <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> in <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> if
- <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> has been called to make the cursor other than
- normal, i.e., either invisible or very visible. There is
- no way for ncurses to determine the initial cursor state
+ Both ncurses and SVr4 will call <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> in <STRONG>endwin</STRONG> if
+ <STRONG>curs_set</STRONG> has been called to make the cursor other than
+ normal, i.e., either invisible or very visible. There is
+ no way for ncurses to determine the initial cursor state
to restore that.
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- The functions <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> are not described in the
- XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. All other functions are as
+ The functions <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> are not described in the
+ XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. All other functions are as
described in XSI Curses.
The SVr4 documentation describes <STRONG>setsyx</STRONG> and <STRONG>getsyx</STRONG> as hav-
- ing return type int. This is misleading, as they are
- macros with no documented semantics for the return value.
+ ing return type int. This is misleading, as they are
+ macros with no documented semantics for the return value.
</PRE>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_legacy.3x,v 1.1 2007/04/07 23:54:29 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_legacy.3x,v 1.2 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_memleaks.3x,v 1.1 2008/10/25 23:38:13 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_memleaks.3x,v 1.2 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_mouse.3x,v 1.35 2010/01/30 20:58:50 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_mouse.3x,v 1.36 2010/07/31 14:43:29 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_move.3x,v 1.12 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_move.3x,v 1.13 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 2007,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 2007-2009,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_opaque.3x,v 1.7 2009/09/06 16:01:55 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_opaque.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_outopts.3x,v 1.22 2010/01/30 21:29:04 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_outopts.3x,v 1.23 2010/07/31 14:43:29 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_overlay.3x,v 1.14 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_overlay.3x,v 1.15 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
of <EM>dstwin</EM>. <EM>scrwin</EM> and <EM>dstwin</EM> are not required to be the
same size; only text where the two windows overlap is
copied. The difference is that <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> is non-destructive
- (blanks are not copied) whereas <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> is destructive.
+ (blanks are not copied) whereas <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> is destructive.
- The <STRONG>copywin</STRONG> routine provides a finer granularity of con-
+ The <STRONG>copywin</STRONG> routine provides a finer granularity of con-
trol over the <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> routines. Like in the
<STRONG>prefresh</STRONG> routine, a rectangle is specified in the destina-
- tion window, (<EM>dminrow</EM>, <EM>dmincol</EM>) and (<EM>dmaxrow</EM>, <EM>dmaxcol</EM>),
- and the upper-left-corner coordinates of the source win-
+ tion window, (<EM>dminrow</EM>, <EM>dmincol</EM>) and (<EM>dmaxrow</EM>, <EM>dmaxcol</EM>),
+ and the upper-left-corner coordinates of the source win-
dow, (<EM>sminrow</EM>, <EM>smincol</EM>). If the argument <EM>overlay</EM> is <STRONG>true</STRONG>,
then copying is non-destructive, as in <STRONG>overlay</STRONG>.
</PRE>
<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
- Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure,
- and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+ Routines that return an integer return <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure,
+ and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
<STRONG>ERR</STRONG>") upon successful completion.
- X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
- tion, <STRONG>copywin</STRONG>, <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> return an error if
+ X/Open defines no error conditions. In this implementa-
+ tion, <STRONG>copywin</STRONG>, <STRONG>overlay</STRONG> and <STRONG>overwrite</STRONG> return an error if
either of the window pointers are null, or if some part of
the window would be placed off-screen.
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_pad.3x,v 1.15 2010/01/30 21:29:04 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_pad.3x,v 1.16 2010/07/31 14:43:29 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_print.3x,v 1.8 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_print.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
(typically about half of its nominal cps rating). Dot-
matrix printers and 6-page-per-minute lasers can typically
handle 80cps, so a good conservative rule of thumb is to
- sleep for a second after shipping each 80-character line.
+ sleep for a second after shipping each 80-character line.
</PRE>
<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
- The <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> function returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if the write operation
+ The <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> function returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if the write operation
aborted for some reason. In this case, errno will contain
- either an error associated with <STRONG>write(2)</STRONG> or one of the
+ either an error associated with <STRONG>write(2)</STRONG> or one of the
following:
ENODEV
Capabilities for printer redirection do not exist.
ENOMEM
- Couldn't allocate sufficient memory to buffer the
+ Couldn't allocate sufficient memory to buffer the
printer write.
When <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> succeeds, it returns the number of characters
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- The <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> call was designed for <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, and is not
+ The <STRONG>mcprint</STRONG> call was designed for <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">ncurses(3x)</A></STRONG>, and is not
found in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous
version of curses.
</PRE>
<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE>
- Padding in the <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG>, <STRONG>mc4</STRONG> and <STRONG>mc5</STRONG> capabilities will not be
+ Padding in the <STRONG>mc5p</STRONG>, <STRONG>mc4</STRONG> and <STRONG>mc5</STRONG> capabilities will not be
interpreted.
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_printw.3x,v 1.17 2006/12/24 16:05:17 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_printw.3x,v 1.18 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_refresh.3x,v 1.12 2005/05/15 16:18:49 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_refresh.3x,v 1.13 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2000,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_scanw.3x,v 1.14 2006/12/24 16:05:49 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_scanw.3x,v 1.15 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_scr_dump.3x,v 1.7 2006/12/24 16:05:49 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_scr_dump.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_scroll.3x,v 1.13 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_scroll.3x,v 1.14 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_slk.3x,v 1.17 2010/01/30 21:29:04 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_slk.3x,v 1.18 2010/07/31 14:43:29 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_termattrs.3x,v 1.10 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_termattrs.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_termcap.3x,v 1.22 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_termcap.3x,v 1.23 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.31 2010/01/09 19:43:39 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.32 2010/07/31 14:43:29 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_threads.3x,v 1.12 2008/04/12 18:22:51 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_threads.3x,v 1.13 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
* ***************************************************************************
* ***************************************************************************
-->
- global data, e.g., used in the low-level termin-
fo or termcap interfaces.
- - terminal data, e.g., associated with a call to
- <EM>set</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>curterm</EM>. The terminal data are initialized
+ - terminal data, e.g., associated with a call to
+ <EM>set</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>curterm</EM>. The terminal data are initialized
when screens are created.
- - screen data, e.g., associated with a call to
+ - screen data, e.g., associated with a call to
<EM>newterm</EM> or <EM>initscr</EM>.
- - window data, e.g., associated with a call to
- <EM>newwin</EM> or <EM>subwin</EM>. Windows are associated with
- screens. Pads are not necessarily associated
+ - window data, e.g., associated with a call to
+ <EM>newwin</EM> or <EM>subwin</EM>. Windows are associated with
+ screens. Pads are not necessarily associated
with a particular screen.
- Most curses applications operate on one or more
+ Most curses applications operate on one or more
windows within a single screen.
- reentrant, i.e., it uses only the data passed as
parameters.
This table lists the scope of data used for each symbol in
- the ncurses library when it is configured to support
+ the ncurses library when it is configured to support
threading:
Symbol Scope
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_touch.3x,v 1.11 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_touch.3x,v 1.12 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
The <STRONG>wtouchln</STRONG> routine makes <EM>n</EM> lines in the window, starting
at line <EM>y</EM>, look as if they have (<EM>changed</EM><STRONG>=1</STRONG>) or have not
- (<EM>changed</EM><STRONG>=0</STRONG>) been changed since the last call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>.
+ (<EM>changed</EM><STRONG>=0</STRONG>) been changed since the last call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>.
- The <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG> and <STRONG>is_wintouched</STRONG> routines return <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>
- if the specified line/window was modified since the last
- call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>; otherwise they return <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>. In addi-
- tion, <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if <EM>line</EM> is not valid for
+ The <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG> and <STRONG>is_wintouched</STRONG> routines return <STRONG>TRUE</STRONG>
+ if the specified line/window was modified since the last
+ call to <STRONG>wrefresh</STRONG>; otherwise they return <STRONG>FALSE</STRONG>. In addi-
+ tion, <STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG> returns <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> if <EM>line</EM> is not valid for
the given window.
</PRE>
<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
- All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an
- integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon successful completion,
- unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descrip-
+ All routines return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon failure and an
+ integer value other than <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> upon successful completion,
+ unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descrip-
tions.
- X/Open does not define any error conditions. In this im-
+ X/Open does not define any error conditions. In this im-
plementation
<STRONG>is_linetouched</STRONG>
- returns an error if the window pointer is
- null, or if the line number is outside the
- window. Note that ERR is distinct from TRUE
- and FALSE, which are the normal return values
+ returns an error if the window pointer is
+ null, or if the line number is outside the
+ window. Note that ERR is distinct from TRUE
+ and FALSE, which are the normal return values
of this function.
<STRONG>wtouchln</STRONG>
- returns an error if the window pointer is
- null, or if the line number is outside the
+ returns an error if the window pointer is
+ null, or if the line number is outside the
window.
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
+ The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these func-
tions.
- Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocu-
- mented feature, the ability to do the equivalent of
- <STRONG>clearok(...,</STRONG> <STRONG>1)</STRONG> by saying <STRONG>touchwin(stdscr)</STRONG> or <STRONG>clear(std-</STRONG>
+ Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocu-
+ mented feature, the ability to do the equivalent of
+ <STRONG>clearok(...,</STRONG> <STRONG>1)</STRONG> by saying <STRONG>touchwin(stdscr)</STRONG> or <STRONG>clear(std-</STRONG>
<STRONG>scr)</STRONG>. This will not work under ncurses.
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 2000-2007,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2009,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_trace.3x,v 1.10 2009/11/21 18:20:15 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_trace.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_util.3x,v 1.27 2008/10/25 23:45:41 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_util.3x,v 1.28 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: curs_window.3x,v 1.14 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: curs_window.3x,v 1.15 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
* Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997,1999,2000,2005
- * @Id: default_colors.3x,v 1.20 2006/12/24 15:02:53 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: default_colors.3x,v 1.21 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form.3x,v 1.22 2008/10/11 20:48:11 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form.3x,v 1.23 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_cursor.3x,v 1.6 2006/11/04 18:50:24 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_cursor.3x,v 1.7 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_data.3x,v 1.8 2006/02/25 21:38:26 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_data.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_driver.3x,v 1.17 2010/01/30 21:29:04 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_driver.3x,v 1.18 2010/07/31 14:49:44 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_field.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 18:01:38 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_field.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_field_attributes.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 18:51:26 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_field_attributes.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_field_buffer.3x,v 1.15 2008/10/18 18:35:17 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_field_buffer.3x,v 1.16 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_field_info.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 17:14:31 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_field_info.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<STRONG>#include</STRONG> <STRONG><form.h></STRONG>
int field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int *cols,
int *frow, int *fcol, int *nrow, int *nbuf);
- int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int
+ int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int
*cols, int *max);
</PRE>
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>field_info</STRONG> returns the sizes and other
- attributes passed in to the field at its creation time.
- The attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left cor-
- ner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows,
+ attributes passed in to the field at its creation time.
+ The attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left cor-
+ ner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows,
and number of working buffers.
The function <STRONG>dynamic_field_info</STRONG> returns the actual size of
- the field, and its maximum possible size. If the field
- has no size limit, the location addressed by the third
+ the field, and its maximum possible size. If the field
+ has no size limit, the location addressed by the third
argument will be set to 0. A field can be made dynamic by
turning off the <STRONG>O_STATIC</STRONG> option with <STRONG>field_opts_off</STRONG>.
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
<STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
- Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
ment.
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
- A null (zero pointer) is accepted for any of the return
- values, to ignore that value. Not all implementations
+ A null (zero pointer) is accepted for any of the return
+ values, to ignore that value. Not all implementations
allow this, e.g., Solaris 2.7 does not.
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_field_just.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_field_just.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
The function <STRONG>set_field_just</STRONG> sets the justification
attribute of a field; <STRONG>field_just</STRONG> returns a field's justi-
fication attribute. The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTI-
- FICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
+ FICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
</PRE>
<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
- The function <STRONG>field_just</STRONG> returns one of: NO_JUSTIFICATION,
+ The function <STRONG>field_just</STRONG> returns one of: NO_JUSTIFICATION,
JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
The function <STRONG>set_field_just</STRONG> returns one of the following:
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
<STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
- Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
ment.
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_field_new.3x,v 1.16 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_field_new.3x,v 1.17 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number
off-screen rows, and number of additional working buffers.
- The function <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG> duplicates a field at a new loca-
- tion. Most attributes (including current contents, size,
- validation type, buffer count, growth threshold, justifi-
- cation, foreground, background, pad character, options,
- and user pointer) are copied. Field status and the field
+ The function <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG> duplicates a field at a new loca-
+ tion. Most attributes (including current contents, size,
+ validation type, buffer count, growth threshold, justifi-
+ cation, foreground, background, pad character, options,
+ and user pointer) are copied. Field status and the field
page bit are not copied.
- The function <STRONG>link_field</STRONG> acts like <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG>, but the new
- field shares buffers with its parent. Attribute data is
+ The function <STRONG>link_field</STRONG> acts like <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG>, but the new
+ field shares buffers with its parent. Attribute data is
separate.
- The function <STRONG>free_field</STRONG> de-allocates storage associated
+ The function <STRONG>free_field</STRONG> de-allocates storage associated
with a field.
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
<STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
- Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
ment.
<STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
<STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
- Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
ment.
<STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
- It may be unwise to count on the set of attributes copied
- by <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG> being portable; the System V forms library
+ It may be unwise to count on the set of attributes copied
+ by <STRONG>dup_field</STRONG> being portable; the System V forms library
documents are not very explicit about what gets copied and
what does not.
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_field_opts.3x,v 1.14 2010/02/20 19:33:42 Ingo.Schwarze Exp @
+ * @Id: form_field_opts.3x,v 1.15 2010/07/31 14:49:44 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_field_userptr.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 18:04:37 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_field_userptr.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
The user pointer is a void pointer. We chose not to leave
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_field_validation.3x,v 1.17 2008/12/14 19:22:16 juergen Exp @
+ * @Id: form_field_validation.3x,v 1.18 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_fieldtype.3x,v 1.14 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_fieldtype.3x,v 1.15 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_hook.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:34:18 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_hook.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_new.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_new.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_new_page.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_new_page.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_opts.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:34:36 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_opts.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
The following options are defined (all are on by default):
O_NL_OVERLOAD
- Overload the <STRONG>REQ_NEW_LINE</STRONG> forms driver request so
- that calling it at the end of a field goes to the
+ Overload the <STRONG>REQ_NEW_LINE</STRONG> forms driver request so
+ that calling it at the end of a field goes to the
next field.
O_BS_OVERLOAD
- Overload the <STRONG>REQ_DEL_PREV</STRONG> forms driver request so
- that calling it at the beginning of a field goes to
+ Overload the <STRONG>REQ_DEL_PREV</STRONG> forms driver request so
+ that calling it at the beginning of a field goes to
the previous field.
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_page.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 18:52:32 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_page.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_post.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 18:53:20 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_post.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_requestname.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 17:57:49 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_requestname.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_userptr.3x,v 1.11 2006/11/04 18:43:24 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_userptr.3x,v 1.12 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
- Every form and every form item has a field that can be
+ Every form and every form item has a field that can be
used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-
driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set
the form user pointer field.
</PRE>
<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
- The function <STRONG>form_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
+ The function <STRONG>form_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be
<STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It does not set errno.
The function <STRONG>set_form_userptr</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
The user pointer is a void pointer. We chose not to leave
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: form_win.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: form_win.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
- Every form has an associated pair of <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows. The
- form window displays any title and border associated with
- the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the
+ Every form has an associated pair of <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows. The
+ form window displays any title and border associated with
+ the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the
form that are currently available for selection.
The first four functions get and set those windows. It is
not necessary to set either window; by default, the driver
code uses <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> for both.
- In the <STRONG>set_</STRONG> functions, window argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is treated
- as though it were <STRONG>stsdcr</STRONG>. A form argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is
- treated as a request to change the system default form
+ In the <STRONG>set_</STRONG> functions, window argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is treated
+ as though it were <STRONG>stsdcr</STRONG>. A form argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is
+ treated as a request to change the system default form
window or subwindow.
- The function <STRONG>scale_form</STRONG> returns the minimum size required
+ The function <STRONG>scale_form</STRONG> returns the minimum size required
for the subwindow of <EM>form</EM>.
</PRE>
<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
- Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Rou-
- tines that return an integer return one of the following
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Rou-
+ tines that return an integer return one of the following
error codes:
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
<STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
- Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
ment.
<STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
+ These routines emulate the System V forms library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.44 2006/12/24 18:16:31 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.45 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
</PRE>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1999-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1999-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.8 2006/12/24 20:13:56 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 2003-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 2003-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
* Author: Thomas E. Dickey 2003
- * @Id: key_defined.3x,v 1.4 2006/02/25 21:50:01 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: key_defined.3x,v 1.5 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
* Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997
- * @Id: keyok.3x,v 1.9 2006/02/25 21:47:06 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: keyok.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an
application to disable specific keycodes, rather than use
the <EM>keypad</EM> function to disable all keycodes. Keys that
- have been disabled can be reenabled.
+ have been disabled can be re-enabled.
</PRE>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu.3x,v 1.19 2006/11/04 18:38:29 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu.3x,v 1.20 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_attributes.3x,v 1.10 2008/08/23 18:24:23 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_attributes.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_cursor.3x,v 1.6 2006/11/04 17:13:57 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_cursor.3x,v 1.7 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_driver.3x,v 1.16 2010/01/30 21:29:04 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_driver.3x,v 1.17 2010/07/31 15:16:18 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_format.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_format.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_hook.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:34:08 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_hook.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_items.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 18:35:31 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_items.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the
- <STRONG>item_count</STRONG> error value as -1 (which is the value of <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>).
+ <STRONG>item_count</STRONG> error value as -1 (which is the value of <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>).
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_mark.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 18:33:18 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_mark.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_new.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 18:31:37 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_new.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_opts.3x,v 1.10 2007/02/24 17:33:59 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_opts.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
Ignore the case when pattern-matching.
O_SHOWMATCH
- Move the cursor to within the item name while pat-
+ Move the cursor to within the item name while pat-
tern-matching.
O_NONCYCLIC
- Don't wrap around next-item and previous-item,
+ Don't wrap around next-item and previous-item,
requests to the other end of the menu.
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_pattern.3x,v 1.11 2008/06/21 21:58:20 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_pattern.3x,v 1.12 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_post.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_post.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_requestname.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 17:56:09 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_requestname.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_spacing.3x,v 1.9 2010/01/30 21:29:04 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_spacing.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 15:45:16 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
- The function <STRONG>set_menu_spacing</STRONG> sets the spacing informa-
- tions for the menu. Its parameter <STRONG>spc_description</STRONG> con-
- trols the number of spaces between an item name and an
- item description. It must not be larger than <STRONG>TABSIZE</STRONG>.
- The menu system puts in the middle of this spacing area
- the pad character. The remaining parts are filled with
- spaces. The <STRONG>spc_rows</STRONG> parameter controls the number of
- rows that are used for an item. It must not be larger
- than 3. The menu system inserts the blank lines between
- item rows, these lines will contain the pad character in
- the appropriate positions. The <STRONG>spc_columns</STRONG> parameter con-
- trols the number of blanks between columns of items. It
- must not be larger than TABSIZE. A value of 0 for all the
- spacing values resets them to the default, which is 1 for
- all of them.
+ The function <STRONG>set_menu_spacing</STRONG> sets the spacing information
+ for the menu. Its parameter <STRONG>spc_description</STRONG> controls the
+ number of spaces between an item name and an item descrip-
+ tion. It must not be larger than <STRONG>TABSIZE</STRONG>. The menu sys-
+ tem puts in the middle of this spacing area the pad char-
+ acter. The remaining parts are filled with spaces. The
+ <STRONG>spc_rows</STRONG> parameter controls the number of rows that are
+ used for an item. It must not be larger than 3. The menu
+ system inserts the blank lines between item rows, these
+ lines will contain the pad character in the appropriate
+ positions. The <STRONG>spc_columns</STRONG> parameter controls the number
+ of blanks between columns of items. It must not be larger
+ than TABSIZE. A value of 0 for all the spacing values
+ resets them to the default, which is 1 for all of them.
The function <STRONG>menu_spacing</STRONG> passes back the spacing info for
- the menu. If a pointer is NULL, this specific info is
+ the menu. If a pointer is NULL, this specific info is
simply not returned.
</PRE>
<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
- Both routines return <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> on success. <STRONG>set_menu_spacing</STRONG>
- may return <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG> if the menu is posted, or <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGU-</STRONG>
+ Both routines return <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> on success. <STRONG>set_menu_spacing</STRONG>
+ may return <STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG> if the menu is posted, or <STRONG>E_BAD_ARGU-</STRONG>
<STRONG>MENT</STRONG> if one of the spacing values is out of range.
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
- supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
- It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+ These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not
+ supported on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+ It is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_userptr.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 18:21:03 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_userptr.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
- Every menu and every menu item has a field that can be
+ Every menu and every menu item has a field that can be
used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-
driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set
the menu user pointer field.
</PRE>
<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
- <STRONG>menu_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It
+ <STRONG>menu_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (which may be <STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It
does not set errno.
<STRONG>set_menu_userptr</STRONG> returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
The user pointer is a void pointer. We chose not to leave
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: menu_win.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: menu_win.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
- Every menu has an associated pair of <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows. The
- menu window displays any title and border associated with
- the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the
+ Every menu has an associated pair of <STRONG>curses</STRONG> windows. The
+ menu window displays any title and border associated with
+ the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the
menu that are currently available for selection.
The first four functions get and set those windows. It is
not necessary to set either window; by default, the driver
code uses <STRONG>stdscr</STRONG> for both.
- In the <STRONG>set_</STRONG> functions, window argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is treated
- as though it were <STRONG>stsdcr</STRONG>. A menu argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is
- treated as a request to change the system default menu
+ In the <STRONG>set_</STRONG> functions, window argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is treated
+ as though it were <STRONG>stsdcr</STRONG>. A menu argument of <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> is
+ treated as a request to change the system default menu
window or subwindow.
- The function <STRONG>scale_menu</STRONG> returns the minimum size required
+ The function <STRONG>scale_menu</STRONG> returns the minimum size required
for the subwindow of <EM>menu</EM>.
</PRE>
<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
- Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Rou-
- tines that return an integer return one of the following
+ Routines that return pointers return <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. Rou-
+ tines that return an integer return one of the following
error codes:
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
System error occurred (see <STRONG>errno</STRONG>).
<STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
- Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
ment.
<STRONG>E_POSTED</STRONG>
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: mitem_current.3x,v 1.11 2006/11/04 18:18:19 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: mitem_current.3x,v 1.12 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: mitem_name.3x,v 1.6 2006/11/04 17:53:40 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: mitem_name.3x,v 1.7 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: mitem_new.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 18:16:36 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: mitem_new.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE>
The function <STRONG>new_item</STRONG> allocates a new item and initializes
- it from the <STRONG>name</STRONG> and <STRONG>description</STRONG> pointers. Please notice
- that the item stores only the pointers to the name and
+ it from the <STRONG>name</STRONG> and <STRONG>description</STRONG> pointers. Please notice
+ that the item stores only the pointers to the name and
description. Those pointers must be valid during the life-
time of the item. So you should be very careful with names
or descriptions allocated on the stack of some routines.
The function <STRONG>free_item</STRONG> de-allocates an item. Please notice
- that it is the responsibility of the application to
- release the memory for the name or the description of the
+ that it is the responsibility of the application to
+ release the memory for the name or the description of the
item.
</PRE>
<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
- The function <STRONG>new_item</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. It sets
+ The function <STRONG>new_item</STRONG> returns <STRONG>NULL</STRONG> on error. It sets
errno according to the function's failure:
<STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
- Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
ment.
<STRONG>E_SYSTEM_ERROR</STRONG>
<STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> The routine succeeded.
<STRONG>E_BAD_ARGUMENT</STRONG>
- Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+ Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
ment.
<STRONG>E_CONNECTED</STRONG>
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: mitem_opts.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:33:32 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: mitem_opts.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: mitem_userptr.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 18:21:03 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: mitem_userptr.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
</PRE>
<H2>RETURN VALUE</H2><PRE>
- The function <STRONG>item_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (possibly
+ The function <STRONG>item_userptr</STRONG> returns a pointer (possibly
<STRONG>NULL</STRONG>). It does not set errno.
The <STRONG>set_item_userptr</STRONG> always returns <STRONG>E_OK</STRONG> (success).
</PRE>
<H2>PORTABILITY</H2><PRE>
- These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
+ These routines emulate the System V menu library. They
were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
The user pointer is a void pointer. We chose not to leave
</PRE>
<H2>AUTHORS</H2><PRE>
- Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
+ Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new
curses by Eric S. Raymond.
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: mitem_value.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: mitem_value.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: mitem_visible.3x,v 1.5 1998/11/29 01:12:55 Rick.Ohnemus Exp @
+ * @Id: mitem_visible.3x,v 1.6 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: ncurses.3x,v 1.95 2010/03/13 20:25:19 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: ncurses.3x,v 1.96 2010/07/31 15:55:04 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
sonable optimization. This implementation is ``new
curses'' (ncurses) and is the approved replacement for
4.4BSD classic curses, which has been discontinued. This
- describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
The <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> library emulates the curses library of System
V Release 4 UNIX, and XPG4 (X/Open Portability Guide)
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: panel.3x,v 1.15 2010/01/30 21:29:04 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: panel.3x,v 1.16 2010/07/31 15:22:31 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
</PRE>
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
* Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1996-2005
- * @Id: resizeterm.3x,v 1.11 2005/06/25 22:19:42 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: resizeterm.3x,v 1.12 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
Except as notes, these function return the integer <STRONG>ERR</STRONG>
upon failure and <STRONG>OK</STRONG> on success. They will fail if either
of the dimensions are less than or equal to zero, or if an
- error occurs while (re)allocating memory for the windows.
+ error occurs while (re)allocating memory for the windows.
</PRE>
<H2>NOTES</H2><PRE>
While these functions are intended to be used to support a
- signal handler (i.e., for SIGWINCH), care should be taken
- to avoid invoking them in a context where <STRONG>malloc</STRONG> or <STRONG>real-</STRONG>
- <STRONG>loc</STRONG> may have been interrupted, since it uses those func-
+ signal handler (i.e., for SIGWINCH), care should be taken
+ to avoid invoking them in a context where <STRONG>malloc</STRONG> or <STRONG>real-</STRONG>
+ <STRONG>loc</STRONG> may have been interrupted, since it uses those func-
tions.
- If ncurses is configured to supply its own SIGWINCH han-
+ If ncurses is configured to supply its own SIGWINCH han-
dler, the <STRONG>resizeterm</STRONG> function ungetch's a <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG> which
- will be read on the next call to <STRONG>getch</STRONG>. This is used to
+ will be read on the next call to <STRONG>getch</STRONG>. This is used to
alert an application that the screen size has changed, and
- that it should repaint special features such as pads that
+ that it should repaint special features such as pads that
cannot be done automatically.
- If the environment variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> or <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> are set,
- this overrides the library's use of the window size
- obtained from the operating system. Thus, even if a SIG-
- WINCH is received, no screen size change may be recorded.
+ If the environment variables <STRONG>LINES</STRONG> or <STRONG>COLUMNS</STRONG> are set,
+ this overrides the library's use of the window size
+ obtained from the operating system. Thus, even if a SIG-
+ WINCH is received, no screen size change may be recorded.
In that case, no <STRONG>KEY_RESIZE</STRONG> is queued for the next call to
<STRONG>getch</STRONG>; an <STRONG>ERR</STRONG> will be returned instead.
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: tabs.1,v 1.4 2010/05/22 20:12:00 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: tabs.1,v 1.7 2010/07/31 18:17:37 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
etc.). Tabs are repeated up to the right margin of the
screen.
+ Use "<STRONG>-0</STRONG>" to clear all tabs.
+
+ Use "<STRONG>-8</STRONG>" to set tabs to the standard interval.
+
<STRONG>Explicit</STRONG> <STRONG>Lists</STRONG>
An explicit list can be defined after the options (this
does not use a "-"). The values in the list must be in
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="tset.1.html">tset(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: term.5,v 1.19 2006/12/24 18:12:38 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: term.5,v 1.20 2010/07/31 16:13:27 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
(4) the number of short integers in the numbers sec-
tion;
- (5) the number of offsets (short integers) in the
+ (5) the number of offsets (short integers) in the
strings section;
(6) the size, in bytes, of the string table.
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: term.7,v 1.20 2010/01/30 21:27:35 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: term.7,v 1.21 2010/07/31 15:28:39 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
you must use the <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG> command. Invoke it as fol-
lows:
- infocmp <EM>entry-name</EM>
+ infocmp <EM>entry</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>name</EM>
- where <EM>entry-name</EM> is the name of the type you wish to exam-
+ where <EM>entry</EM><STRONG>_</STRONG><EM>name</EM> is the name of the type you wish to exam-
ine (and the name of its capability file the subdirectory
of /usr/share/terminfo named for its first letter). This
command dumps a capability file in the text format
* Note: this must be run through tbl before nroff.
* The magic cookie on the first line triggers this under some man programs.
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: terminfo.head,v 1.17 2009/09/19 19:59:38 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: terminfo.head,v 1.18 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
* Head of terminfo man page ends here
- * @Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.50 2009/09/19 19:56:15 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.51 2010/07/31 16:02:40 tom Exp @
* Beginning of terminfo.tail file
* This file is part of ncurses.
* See "terminfo.head" for copyright.
nals by giving a set of capabilities which they have, by
specifying how to perform screen operations, and by speci-
fying padding requirements and initialization sequences.
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
Entries in <EM>terminfo</EM> consist of a sequence of `,' separated
fields (embedded commas may be escaped with a backslash or
where ci are conditions, bi are bodies.
Use the <STRONG>-f</STRONG> option of <STRONG>tic</STRONG> or <STRONG>infocmp</STRONG> to see the struc-
- ture of if-the-else's. Some strings, e.g., <STRONG>sgr</STRONG> can
+ ture of if-then-else's. Some strings, e.g., <STRONG>sgr</STRONG> can
be very complicated when written on one line. The <STRONG>-f</STRONG>
option splits the string into lines with the parts
indented.
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: tic.1m,v 1.44 2006/12/24 17:59:11 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: tic.1m,v 1.45 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="toe.1m.html">toe(1m)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//EN">
<!--
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: toe.1m,v 1.21 2008/01/05 20:57:16 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: toe.1m,v 1.22 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<STRONG><A HREF="tic.1m.html">tic(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infocmp.1m.html">infocmp(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="captoinfo.1m.html">captoinfo(1m)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="infotocap.1m.html">infotocap(1m)</A></STRONG>,
<STRONG><A HREF="ncurses.3x.html">curses(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
<!--
* t
****************************************************************************
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
* *
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: tput.1,v 1.27 2006/12/24 18:11:31 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: tput.1,v 1.28 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2><PRE>
<STRONG><A HREF="clear.1.html">clear(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="stty.1.html">stty(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="tabs.1.html">tabs(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="terminfo.5.html">terminfo(5)</A></STRONG>.
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
* sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written *
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
- * @Id: tset.1,v 1.22 2010/01/30 21:27:43 tom Exp @
+ * @Id: tset.1,v 1.23 2010/07/31 15:59:30 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<STRONG><A HREF="csh.1.html">csh(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="sh.1.html">sh(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="stty.1.html">stty(1)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="curs_terminfo.3x.html">curs_terminfo(3x)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="tty.4.html">tty(4)</A></STRONG>, ter-
<STRONG><A HREF="minfo.5.html">minfo(5)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="ttys.5.html">ttys(5)</A></STRONG>, <STRONG><A HREF="environ.7.html">environ(7)</A></STRONG>
- This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100529).
+ This describes <STRONG>ncurses</STRONG> version 5.7 (patch 20100731).
* authorization. *
****************************************************************************
* Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1996
- * @Id: wresize.3x,v 1.10 2010/02/27 21:49:29 Tim.van.der.Molen Exp @
+ * @Id: wresize.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 15:30:32 tom Exp @
-->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.22 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.23 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH @CAPTOINFO@ 1M ""
.ds n 5
.ds d @TERMINFO@
.SH NAME
-\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR - convert a \fItermcap\fR description into a \fIterminfo\fR description
+\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR \- convert a \fItermcap\fR description into a \fIterminfo\fR description
.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR [\fB-v\fR\fIn\fR \fIwidth\fR] [\fB-V\fR] [\fB-1\fR] [\fB-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfile\fR . . .
+\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR [\fB\-v\fR\fIn\fR \fIwidth\fR] [\fB\-V\fR] [\fB\-1\fR] [\fB\-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfile\fR . . .
.SH DESCRIPTION
\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR looks in \fIfile\fR for \fBtermcap\fR descriptions. For each
one found, an equivalent \fBterminfo\fR description is written to standard
extracted from that file. If the environment variable \fBTERMCAP\fR is not
set, then the file \fB\*d\fR is read.
.TP 5
-\fB-v\fR
+\fB\-v\fR
print out tracing information on standard error as the program runs.
.TP 5
-\fB-V\fR
+\fB\-V\fR
print out the version of the program in use on standard error and exit.
.TP 5
-\fB-1\fR
+\fB\-1\fR
cause the fields to print out one to a line. Otherwise, the fields
will be printed several to a line to a maximum width of 60
characters.
.TP 5
-\fB-w\fR
+\fB\-w\fR
change the output to \fIwidth\fR characters.
.SH FILES
.TP 20
capabilities \fImeml\fR (memory lock) and \fImemu\fR (memory unlock).
These will be discarded with a warning message.
.SH NOTES
-This utility is actually a link to \fB@TIC@\fR(1M), running in \fI-I\fR mode.
-You can use other \fB@TIC@\fR options such as \fB-f\fR and \fB-x\fR.
+This utility is actually a link to \fB@TIC@\fR(1M), running in \fI\-I\fR mode.
+You can use other \fB@TIC@\fR options such as \fB\-f\fR and \fB\-x\fR.
.PP
The trace option is not identical to SVr4's. Under SVr4, instead of following
-the \fB-v\fR with a trace level n, you repeat it n times.
+the \fB\-v\fR with a trace level n, you repeat it n times.
.SH SEE ALSO
\fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M),
\fBcurses\fR(3X),
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: clear.1,v 1.6 2006/12/24 18:07:53 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: clear.1,v 1.7 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH @CLEAR@ 1 ""
.ds n 5
.SH NAME
-\fB@CLEAR@\fR - clear the terminal screen
+\fB@CLEAR@\fR \- clear the terminal screen
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB@CLEAR@\fR
.br
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2001-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_add_wch.3x,v 1.6 2006/12/24 15:22:22 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_add_wch.3x,v 1.7 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_add_wch 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBadd_wch\fP,
\fBmvadd_wch\fP,
\fBmvwadd_wch\fP,
\fBecho_wchar\fP,
-\fBwecho_wchar\fP - add a complex character and rendition to a \fBcurses\fR window, then advance the cursor
+\fBwecho_wchar\fP \- add a complex character and rendition to a \fBcurses\fR window, then advance the cursor
.SH SYNOPSIS
.PP
\fB#include <curses.h>\fP
These functions perform
wrapping and special-character processing as follows:
.TP 5
--
+\-
If \fIwch\fP refers to a spacing character,
then any previous character at that location is removed.
A new character specified by \fIwch\fP is
The cursor then advances to
the next spacing character on the screen.
.TP 5
--
+\-
If \fIwch\fP refers to a non-spacing character,
all previous characters at that location are preserved.
The non-spacing characters of \fIwch\fP
are added to the spacing complex character,
and the rendition specified by \fIwch\fP is ignored.
.TP 5
--
+\-
If the character part of \fIwch\fP is
a tab, newline, backspace or other control character,
the window is updated and the cursor moves as if \fBaddch\fR were called.
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2004,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_add_wchstr.3x,v 1.6 2005/01/02 01:28:49 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_add_wchstr.3x,v 1.7 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_add_wchstr 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBadd_wchstr\fR,
into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position.
The four routines with \fIn\fR as the last
argument copy at most \fIn\fR elements, but no more than will fit on the line.
-If \fBn\fR=\fB-1\fR then the whole array is copied,
+If \fBn\fR=\fB\-1\fR then the whole array is copied,
to the maximum number of characters that will fit on the line.
.PP
The window cursor is \fInot\fR advanced.
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_addch.3x,v 1.27 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_addch.3x,v 1.28 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_addch 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBaddch\fR, \fBwaddch\fR, \fBmvaddch\fR, \fBmvwaddch\fR,
\fBechochar\fR,
-\fBwechochar\fR - add a character (with attributes) to a \fBcurses\fR window, then advance the cursor
+\fBwechochar\fR \- add a character (with attributes) to a \fBcurses\fR window, then advance the cursor
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.PP
ACS_DEGREE ' degree symbol
ACS_DIAMOND + diamond
ACS_GEQUAL > greater-than-or-equal-to
-ACS_HLINE - horizontal line
+ACS_HLINE \- horizontal line
ACS_LANTERN # lantern symbol
ACS_LARROW < arrow pointing left
ACS_LEQUAL < less-than-or-equal-to
ACS_PLUS + plus
ACS_RARROW > arrow pointing right
ACS_RTEE + right tee
-ACS_S1 - scan line 1
-ACS_S3 - scan line 3
-ACS_S7 - scan line 7
+ACS_S1 \- scan line 1
+ACS_S3 \- scan line 3
+ACS_S7 \- scan line 7
ACS_S9 \&_ scan line 9
ACS_STERLING f pound-sterling symbol
ACS_TTEE + top tee
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_addchstr.3x,v 1.12 2006/12/02 17:02:45 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_addchstr.3x,v 1.13 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_addchstr 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBmvaddchstr\fR,
\fBmvaddchnstr\fR,
\fBmvwaddchstr\fR,
-\fBmvwaddchnstr\fR - add a string of characters (and attributes) to a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBmvwaddchnstr\fR \- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a \fBcurses\fR window
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
These routines copy \fIchstr\fR into the window image structure at and after
the current cursor position. The four routines with \fIn\fR as the last
argument copy at most \fIn\fR elements, but no more than will fit on the line.
-If \fBn\fR=\fB-1\fR then the whole string is copied, to the maximum number of
+If \fBn\fR=\fB\-1\fR then the whole string is copied, to the maximum number of
characters that will fit on the line.
.PP
The window cursor is \fInot\fR advanced, and these routines work faster than
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_addstr.3x,v 1.13 2005/05/15 16:17:14 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_addstr.3x,v 1.14 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_addstr 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBmvaddstr\fR,
\fBmvaddnstr\fR,
\fBmvwaddstr\fR,
-\fBmvwaddnstr\fR - add a string of characters to a \fBcurses\fR window and advance cursor
+\fBmvwaddnstr\fR \- add a string of characters to a \fBcurses\fR window and advance cursor
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
It is similar to calling \fBwaddch\fR once for each character in the string.
The four routines with \fIn\fR as the last argument
write at most \fIn\fR characters.
-If \fIn\fR is -1, then the entire string will be added,
+If \fIn\fR is \-1, then the entire string will be added,
up to the maximum number of characters that will fit on the line,
or until a terminating null is reached.
.SH RETURN VALUE
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_addwstr.3x,v 1.7 2006/02/25 20:59:08 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_addwstr.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_addwstr 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
.PP
The four routines with \fIn\fR as the last argument
write at most \fIn\fR \fBwchar_t\fR characters.
-If \fIn\fR is -1, then the entire string will be added,
+If \fIn\fR is \-1, then the entire string will be added,
up to the maximum number of characters that will fit on the line,
or until a terminating null is reached.
.SH RETURN VALUES
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_attr.3x,v 1.32 2009/09/19 20:12:30 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_attr.3x,v 1.33 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_attr 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBwchgat\fR,
\fBmvchgat\fR,
\fBmvwchgat\fR,
-\fBPAIR_NUMBER\fR - \fBcurses\fR character and window attribute control routines
+\fBPAIR_NUMBER\fR \- \fBcurses\fR character and window attribute control routines
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.PP
The routine \fBchgat\fR changes the attributes of a given number of characters
starting at the current cursor location of \fBstdscr\fR. It does not update
-the cursor and does not perform wrapping. A character count of -1 or greater
+the cursor and does not perform wrapping. A character count of \-1 or greater
than the remaining window width means to change attributes all the way to the
end of the current line. The \fBwchgat\fR function generalizes this to any
window; the \fBmvwchgat\fR function does a cursor move before acting. In these
This implementation returns an error
if the window pointer is null.
The \fBwcolor_set\fP function returns an error if the color pair parameter
-is outside the range 0..COLOR_PAIRS-1.
+is outside the range 0..COLOR_PAIRS\-1.
This implementation also provides
\fBgetattrs\fR
for compatibility with older versions of curses.
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_beep.3x,v 1.10 2005/01/08 17:55:51 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_beep.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_beep 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBbeep\fR, \fBflash\fR - \fBcurses\fR bell and screen flash routines
+\fBbeep\fR, \fBflash\fR \- \fBcurses\fR bell and screen flash routines
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.PP
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_bkgd.3x,v 1.20 2010/01/30 21:29:04 Tim.van.der.Molen Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_bkgd.3x,v 1.21 2010/07/31 14:36:04 tom Exp $
.TH curs_bkgd 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBbkgdset\fR, \fBwbkgdset\fR,
\fBbkgd\fR, \fBwbkgd\fR,
-\fBgetbkgd\fR - \fBcurses\fR window background manipulation routines
+\fBgetbkgd\fR \- \fBcurses\fR window background manipulation routines
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.PP
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_border.3x,v 1.19 2007/02/24 16:15:38 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_border.3x,v 1.20 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_border 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBmvhline\fR,
\fBmvwhline\fR,
\fBmvvline\fR,
-\fBmvwvline\fR - create \fBcurses\fR borders, horizontal and vertical lines
+\fBmvwvline\fR \- create \fBcurses\fR borders, horizontal and vertical lines
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes:
.sp
.RS
-\fIls\fR - left side,
+\fIls\fR \- left side,
.br
-\fIrs\fR - right side,
+\fIrs\fR \- right side,
.br
-\fIts\fR - top side,
+\fIts\fR \- top side,
.br
-\fIbs\fR - bottom side,
+\fIbs\fR \- bottom side,
.br
-\fItl\fR - top left-hand corner,
+\fItl\fR \- top left-hand corner,
.br
-\fItr\fR - top right-hand corner,
+\fItr\fR \- top right-hand corner,
.br
-\fIbl\fR - bottom left-hand corner, and
+\fIbl\fR \- bottom left-hand corner, and
.br
-\fIbr\fR - bottom right-hand corner.
+\fIbr\fR \- bottom right-hand corner.
.RE
.PP
If any of these arguments is zero, then the corresponding
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2004,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_border_set.3x,v 1.6 2005/05/15 16:17:37 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_border_set.3x,v 1.7 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_border_set 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
.PP
Other than the window, each argument is a complex character with attributes:
.RS
-\fIls\fR - left side,
+\fIls\fR \- left side,
.br
-\fIrs\fR - right side,
+\fIrs\fR \- right side,
.br
-\fIts\fR - top side,
+\fIts\fR \- top side,
.br
-\fIbs\fR - bottom side,
+\fIbs\fR \- bottom side,
.br
-\fItl\fR - top left-hand corner,
+\fItl\fR \- top left-hand corner,
.br
-\fItr\fR - top right-hand corner,
+\fItr\fR \- top right-hand corner,
.br
-\fIbl\fR - bottom left-hand corner, and
+\fIbl\fR \- bottom left-hand corner, and
.br
-\fIbr\fR - bottom right-hand corner.
+\fIbr\fR \- bottom right-hand corner.
.RE
.PP
If any of these arguments is zero, then the corresponding
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_clear.3x,v 1.11 2007/12/29 15:58:38 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_clear.3x,v 1.12 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_clear 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBclrtobot\fR,
\fBwclrtobot\fR,
\fBclrtoeol\fR,
-\fBwclrtoeol\fR - clear all or part of a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBwclrtoeol\fR \- clear all or part of a \fBcurses\fR window
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_color.3x,v 1.29 2009/01/24 23:10:02 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_color.3x,v 1.30 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_color 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBcan_change_color\fR,
\fBcolor_content\fR,
\fBpair_content\fR,
-\fBCOLOR_PAIR\fR - \fBcurses\fR color manipulation routines
+\fBCOLOR_PAIR\fR \- \fBcurses\fR color manipulation routines
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
color number, and the background color number.
For portable applications:
.TP 5
--
+\-
The value of the first argument
-must be between \fB1\fR and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS-1\fR,
+must be between \fB1\fR and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\-1\fR,
except that if default colors are used (see \fBuse_default_colors\fP)
the upper limit is adjusted to allow for extra pairs which use
a default color in foreground and/or background.
.TP 5
--
+\-
The value of the second and
third arguments must be between 0 and \fBCOLORS\fR.
Color pair 0 is assumed to be white on black,
.PP
As an extension, ncurses allows you to set color pair 0 via
the \fBassume_default_colors\fR routine, or to specify the use of
-default colors (color number \fB-1\fR) if you first invoke the
+default colors (color number \fB\-1\fR) if you first invoke the
\fBuse_default_colors\fR routine.
.PP
The \fBinit_color\fR routine changes the definition of a color. It takes four
given color-pair consists of. It requires three arguments: the color-pair
number, and two addresses of \fBshort\fRs for storing the foreground and the
background color numbers. The value of the first argument must be between 1
-and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS-1\fR. The values that are stored at the addresses pointed
+and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\-1\fR. The values that are stored at the addresses pointed
to by the second and third arguments are between 0 and \fBCOLORS\fR.
.SS Colors
In \fB<curses.h>\fR the following macros are defined. These are the default
.PP
X/Open defines no error conditions.
This implementation will return \fBERR\fR on attempts to
-use color values outside the range 0 to COLORS-1
+use color values outside the range 0 to COLORS\-1
(except for the default colors extension),
-or use color pairs outside the range 0 to COLOR_PAIR-1.
+or use color pairs outside the range 0 to COLOR_PAIR\-1.
Color values used in \fBinit_color\fP must be in the range 0 to 1000.
An error is returned from all functions
if the terminal has not been initialized.
.PP
Several caveats apply on 386 and 486 machines with VGA-compatible graphics:
.TP 5
--
+\-
COLOR_YELLOW is actually brown. To get yellow, use COLOR_YELLOW combined with
the \fBA_BOLD\fR attribute.
.TP 5
--
+\-
The A_BLINK attribute should in theory cause the background to go bright. This
often fails to work, and even some cards for which it mostly works (such as the
Paradise and compatibles) do the wrong thing when you try to set a bright
"yellow" background (you get a blinking yellow foreground instead).
.TP 5
--
+\-
Color RGB values are not settable.
.SH PORTABILITY
This implementation satisfies XSI Curses's minimum maximums
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_delch.3x,v 1.8 2006/02/25 21:42:57 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_delch.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_delch 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBdelch\fR,
\fBwdelch\fR,
\fBmvdelch\fR,
-\fBmvwdelch\fR - delete character under the cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBmvwdelch\fR \- delete character under the cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.sp
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_deleteln.3x,v 1.11 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_deleteln.3x,v 1.12 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_deleteln 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBdeleteln\fR,
\fBinsdelln\fR,
\fBwinsdelln\fR,
\fBinsertln\fR,
-\fBwinsertln\fR - delete and insert lines in a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBwinsertln\fR \- delete and insert lines in a \fBcurses\fR window
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.sp
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1999-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\"
.\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1999-on
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_extend.3x,v 1.17 2006/12/24 18:01:48 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_extend.3x,v 1.18 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_extend 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBcurses_version\fP,
which may be compiled into the terminfo
description, i.e., via the terminfo or termcap interfaces.
Normally these names are available for use, since the essential decision
-is made by using the \fB-x\fP option of \fB@TIC@\fP to compile
+is made by using the \fB\-x\fP option of \fB@TIC@\fP to compile
extended terminal definitions.
However you can disable this feature
to ensure compatibility with other implementations of curses.
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2001-2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001-2009,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_getcchar.3x,v 1.12 2009/07/18 16:10:56 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_getcchar.3x,v 1.13 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_getcchar 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBgetcchar\fP,
When \fIwch\fP is not a null pointer,
the \fBgetcchar\fP function does the following:
.TP 5
--
+\-
Extracts information from a \fBcchar_t\fP value \fIwcval\fP
.TP 5
--
+\-
Stores the character attributes in the location pointed to by \fIattrs\fP
.TP 5
--
+\-
Stores the color-pair in the location pointed to by \fIcolor_pair\fP
.TP 5
--
+\-
Stores the wide-character string,
characters referenced by \fIwcval\fP, into the array pointed to by \fIwch\fP.
.PP
\fBgetcchar\fP
function does the following:
.TP 5
--
+\-
Obtains the number of wide characters pointed to by \fIwcval\fP
.TP 5
--
+\-
Does not change the data referenced by
\fIattrs\fP
or
The \fBsetcchar\fP function initializes the location pointed to by \fIwcval\fP
by using:
.TP 5
--
+\-
The character attributes in
\fIattrs\fP
.TP 5
--
+\-
The color pair in
\fIcolor_pair\fP
.TP 5
--
+\-
The wide-character string pointed to by \fIwch\fP.
The string must be L'\\0' terminated,
contain at most one spacing character,
which must be the first.
.IP
-Up to \fBCCHARW_MAX\fP-1 nonspacing characters may follow.
+Up to \fBCCHARW_MAX\fP\-1 nonspacing characters may follow.
Additional nonspacing characters are ignored.
.IP
The string may contain a single control character instead.
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_getstr.3x,v 1.15 2006/01/12 00:30:58 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_getstr.3x,v 1.16 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_getstr 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBmvgetstr\fR,
\fBmvgetnstr\fR,
\fBmvwgetstr\fR,
-\fBmvwgetnstr\fR - accept character strings from \fBcurses\fR terminal keyboard
+\fBmvwgetnstr\fR \- accept character strings from \fBcurses\fR terminal keyboard
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_getyx.3x,v 1.16 2007/05/12 16:34:49 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_getyx.3x,v 1.17 2010/07/31 16:12:01 tom Exp $
.TH curs_getyx 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBgetyx\fR,
\fBgetparyx\fR,
\fBgetbegyx\fR,
-\fBgetmaxyx\fR - get \fBcurses\fR cursor and window coordinates
+\fBgetmaxyx\fR \- get \fBcurses\fR cursor and window coordinates
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.sp
If \fIwin\fR is a subwindow, the \fBgetparyx\fR macro places the beginning
coordinates of the subwindow relative to the parent window into two integer
variables \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.
-Otherwise, \fB-1\fR is placed into \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.
+Otherwise, \fB\-1\fR is placed into \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR.
.PP
Like \fBgetyx\fR, the \fBgetbegyx\fR and \fBgetmaxyx\fR macros store
the current beginning coordinates and size of the specified window.
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_in_wch.3x,v 1.2 2006/02/25 21:42:22 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_in_wch.3x,v 1.3 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_in_wch 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBin_wch\fR,
\fBmvin_wch\fR,
\fBmvwin_wch\fR,
-\fBwin_wch\fR - extract a complex character and rendition from a window
+\fBwin_wch\fR \- extract a complex character and rendition from a window
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.sp
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_inch.3x,v 1.13 2006/12/02 16:58:55 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_inch.3x,v 1.14 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp $
.TH curs_inch 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBinch\fR, \fBwinch\fR, \fBmvinch\fR, \fBmvwinch\fR
-- get a character and attributes from a \fBcurses\fR window
+\- get a character and attributes from a \fBcurses\fR window
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.sp
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_inchstr.3x,v 1.12 2006/12/02 17:00:58 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_inchstr.3x,v 1.13 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH curs_inchstr 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBmvinchstr\fR,
\fBmvinchnstr\fR,
\fBmvwinchstr\fR,
-\fBmvwinchnstr\fR - get a string of characters (and attributes) from a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBmvwinchnstr\fR \- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a \fBcurses\fR window
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
and the return value is zero.
.SH NOTES
Note that all routines except \fBwinchnstr\fR may be macros. SVr4 does not
-document whether the result string is 0-terminated; it does not document
+document whether the result string is zero-terminated; it does not document
whether a length limit argument includes any trailing 0; and it does not
document the meaning of the return value.
.SH PORTABILITY
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_initscr.3x,v 1.14 2005/05/15 16:18:01 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_initscr.3x,v 1.15 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp $
.TH curs_initscr 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBendwin\fR,
\fBisendwin\fR,
\fBset_term\fR,
-\fBdelscreen\fR - \fBcurses\fR screen initialization and manipulation routines
+\fBdelscreen\fR \- \fBcurses\fR screen initialization and manipulation routines
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_inopts.3x,v 1.13 2005/05/15 16:18:07 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_inopts.3x,v 1.14 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp $
.TH curs_inopts 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBqiflush\fR,
\fBtimeout\fR,
\fBwtimeout\fR,
-\fBtypeahead\fR - \fBcurses\fR input options
+\fBtypeahead\fR \- \fBcurses\fR input options
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBinitscr\fR was used, will be used to do this typeahead checking.
The \fBtypeahead\fR routine specifies that the file descriptor
\fIfd\fR is to be used to check for typeahead instead. If \fIfd\fR is
--1, then no typeahead checking is done.
+\-1, then no typeahead checking is done.
.SH RETURN VALUE
All routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and OK (SVr4
specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_insch.3x,v 1.10 2006/12/02 17:01:50 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_insch.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp $
.TH curs_insch 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBinsch\fR,
\fBwinsch\fR,
\fBmvinsch\fR,
-\fBmvwinsch\fR - insert a character before cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBmvwinsch\fR \- insert a character before cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.sp
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_insstr.3x,v 1.18 2006/12/24 14:59:30 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_insstr.3x,v 1.19 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp $
.TH curs_insstr 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBinsstr\fR,
\fBmvinsstr\fR,
\fBmvinsnstr\fR,
\fBmvwinsstr\fR,
-\fBmvwinsnstr\fR - insert string before cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBmvwinsnstr\fR \- insert string before cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.br
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_instr.3x,v 1.13 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_instr.3x,v 1.14 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp $
.TH curs_instr 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBinstr\fR,
\fBmvinstr\fR,
\fBmvinnstr\fR,
\fBmvwinstr\fR,
-\fBmvwinnstr\fR - get a string of characters from a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBmvwinnstr\fR \- get a string of characters from a \fBcurses\fR window
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.sp
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_kernel.3x,v 1.15 2005/05/15 16:18:13 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_kernel.3x,v 1.16 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp $
.TH curs_kernel 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBsetsyx\fR,
\fBripoffline\fR,
\fBcurs_set\fR,
-\fBnapms\fR - low-level \fBcurses\fR routines
+\fBnapms\fR \- low-level \fBcurses\fR routines
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.br
.SH DESCRIPTION
The following routines give low-level access to various \fBcurses\fR
-capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library
+capabilities. These routines typically are used inside library
routines.
.PP
The \fBdef_prog_mode\fR and \fBdef_shell_mode\fR routines save the
.PP
The \fBgetsyx\fR routine returns the current coordinates of the virtual screen
cursor in \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR. If \fBleaveok\fR is currently \fBTRUE\fR, then
-\fB-1\fR,\fB-1\fR is returned. If lines have been removed from the top of the
+\fB\-1\fR,\fB\-1\fR is returned. If lines have been removed from the top of the
screen, using \fBripoffline\fR, \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR include these lines;
therefore, \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR should be used only as arguments for
\fBsetsyx\fR.
.PP
The \fBsetsyx\fR routine sets the virtual screen cursor to
-\fIy\fR, \fIx\fR. If \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR are both \fB-1\fR, then
+\fIy\fR, \fIx\fR. If \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR are both \fB\-1\fR, then
\fBleaveok\fR is set. The two routines \fBgetsyx\fR and \fBsetsyx\fR
are designed to be used by a library routine, which manipulates
\fBcurses\fR windows but does not want to change the current position
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_legacy.3x,v 1.1 2007/04/07 23:54:29 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_legacy.3x,v 1.2 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp $
.TH curs_legacy 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBgetbegx\fR,
\fBgetmaxx\fR,
\fBgetmaxy\fR,
\fBgetparx\fR,
-\fBgetpary\fR - get \fBcurses\fR cursor and window coordinates
+\fBgetpary\fR \- get \fBcurses\fR cursor and window coordinates
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.sp
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_memleaks.3x,v 1.1 2008/10/25 23:38:13 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_memleaks.3x,v 1.2 2010/07/31 16:11:27 tom Exp $
.TH curs_memleaks 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
.SH NAME
\fB_nc_freeall\fP
-\fB_nc_free_and_exit\fP - \fBcurses\fR memory-leak checking
+\fB_nc_free_and_exit\fP \- \fBcurses\fR memory-leak checking
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
These functions are used to simplify analysis of memory leaks in the ncurses
library.
They are normally not available; they must be configured into the library
-at build time using the \fB--disable-leaks\fP option.
+at build time using the \fB\-\-disable-leaks\fP option.
That compiles-in code that frees memory that normally would not be freed.
.PP
Any implementation of curses must not free the memory associated with
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_mouse.3x,v 1.35 2010/01/30 20:58:50 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_mouse.3x,v 1.36 2010/07/31 14:43:29 tom Exp $
.TH curs_mouse 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBgetmouse\fR, \fBungetmouse\fR,
\fBmousemask\fR, \fBwenclose\fR,
\fBmouse_trafo\fR, \fBwmouse_trafo\fR,
-\fBmouseinterval\fR - mouse interface through curses
+\fBmouseinterval\fR \- mouse interface through curses
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
be recognized as a click.
Use \fBmouseinterval(0)\fR to disable click resolution.
This function returns the previous interval value.
-Use \fBmouseinterval(-1)\fR to obtain the interval without altering it.
+Use \fBmouseinterval(\-1)\fR to obtain the interval without altering it.
The default is one sixth of a second.
.PP
The \fBhas_mouse\fP function returns TRUE if the mouse driver has been
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_move.3x,v 1.12 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_move.3x,v 1.13 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_move 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
.SH NAME
\fBmove\fR,
-\fBwmove\fR - move \fBcurses\fR window cursor
+\fBwmove\fR \- move \fBcurses\fR window cursor
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2007,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2007-2009,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_opaque.3x,v 1.7 2009/09/06 16:01:55 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_opaque.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_opaque 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBis_pad\fR,
\fBis_scrollok\fR,
\fBis_subwin\fR,
-\fBis_syncok\fR - \fBcurses\fR window properties
+\fBis_syncok\fR \- \fBcurses\fR window properties
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_outopts.3x,v 1.22 2010/01/30 21:29:04 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_outopts.3x,v 1.23 2010/07/31 14:43:29 tom Exp $
.TH curs_outopts 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBwsetscrreg\fR,
\fBscrollok\fR,
\fBnl\fR,
-\fBnonl\fR - \fBcurses\fR output options
+\fBnonl\fR \- \fBcurses\fR output options
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_overlay.3x,v 1.14 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_overlay.3x,v 1.15 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_overlay 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
.SH NAME
\fBoverlay\fR,
\fBoverwrite\fR,
-\fBcopywin\fR - overlay and manipulate overlapped \fBcurses\fR windows
+\fBcopywin\fR \- overlay and manipulate overlapped \fBcurses\fR windows
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_pad.3x,v 1.15 2010/01/30 21:29:04 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_pad.3x,v 1.16 2010/07/31 14:43:29 tom Exp $
.TH curs_pad 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBprefresh\fR,
\fBpnoutrefresh\fR,
\fBpechochar\fR,
-\fBpecho_wchar\fR - create and display \fBcurses\fR pads
+\fBpecho_wchar\fR \- create and display \fBcurses\fR pads
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_print.3x,v 1.8 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_print.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_print 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmcprint\fR - ship binary data to printer
+\fBmcprint\fR \- ship binary data to printer
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.sp
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_printw.3x,v 1.17 2006/12/24 16:05:17 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_printw.3x,v 1.18 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_printw 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBwprintw\fR,
\fBmvprintw\fR,
\fBmvwprintw\fR,
-\fBvwprintw\fR, \fBvw_printw\fR - print formatted output in \fBcurses\fR windows
+\fBvwprintw\fR, \fBvw_printw\fR \- print formatted output in \fBcurses\fR windows
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_refresh.3x,v 1.12 2005/05/15 16:18:49 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_refresh.3x,v 1.13 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_refresh 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBrefresh\fR,
\fBwnoutrefresh\fR,
\fBwredrawln\fR,
-\fBwrefresh\fR - refresh \fBcurses\fR windows and lines
+\fBwrefresh\fR \- refresh \fBcurses\fR windows and lines
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_scanw.3x,v 1.14 2006/12/24 16:05:49 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_scanw.3x,v 1.15 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_scanw 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBscanw\fR,
\fBwscanw\fR,
\fBmvscanw\fR,
\fBmvwscanw\fR,
-\fBvwscanw\fR, \fBvw_scanw\fR - convert formatted input from a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBvwscanw\fR, \fBvw_scanw\fR \- convert formatted input from a \fBcurses\fR window
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.sp
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_scr_dump.3x,v 1.7 2006/12/24 16:05:49 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_scr_dump.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_scr_dump 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBscr_dump\fR,
\fBscr_restore\fR,
\fBscr_init\fR,
-\fBscr_set\fR - read (write) a \fBcurses\fR screen from (to) a file
+\fBscr_set\fR \- read (write) a \fBcurses\fR screen from (to) a file
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_scroll.3x,v 1.13 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_scroll.3x,v 1.14 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_scroll 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
.SH NAME
\fBscroll\fR,
\fBscrl\fR,
-\fBwscrl\fR - scroll a \fBcurses\fR window
+\fBwscrl\fR \- scroll a \fBcurses\fR window
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_slk.3x,v 1.17 2010/01/30 21:29:04 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_slk.3x,v 1.18 2010/07/31 14:43:29 tom Exp $
.TH curs_slk 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBslk_attr_set\fR,
\fBslk_attr_off\fR,
\fBslk_attr\fR,
-\fBslk_color\fR - \fBcurses\fR soft label routines
+\fBslk_color\fR \- \fBcurses\fR soft label routines
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.RS
.TP 3
.B 0
-indicates a 3-2-3 arrangement of
+indicates a 3\-2\-3 arrangement of
the labels.
.TP 3
.B 1
-indicates a 4-4 arrangement
+indicates a 4\-4 arrangement
.TP 3
.B 2
-indicates the PC-like 4-4-4 mode.
+indicates the PC-like 4\-4\-4 mode.
.TP 3
.B 3
-is again the PC-like 4-4-4 mode,
+is again the PC-like 4\-4\-4 mode,
but in addition an index line is generated, helping the user to
identify the key numbers easily.
.RE
\fBslk_attr_set\fP
returns an error
if the terminal or the softkeys were not initialized, or
-the color pair is outside the range 0..COLOR_PAIRS-1,
+the color pair is outside the range 0..COLOR_PAIRS\-1,
or opts is not null.
.TP 5
\fBslk_color\fP
returns an error
if the terminal or the softkeys were not initialized, or
-the color pair is outside the range 0..COLOR_PAIRS-1.
+the color pair is outside the range 0..COLOR_PAIRS\-1.
.TP 5
\fBslk_init\fR
returns an error
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_termattrs.3x,v 1.10 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_termattrs.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_termattrs 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBbaudrate\fR,
\fBlongname\fR,
\fBterm_attrs\fR,
\fBtermattrs\fR,
-\fBtermname\fR - \fBcurses\fR environment query routines
+\fBtermname\fR \- \fBcurses\fR environment query routines
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.PP
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_termcap.3x,v 1.22 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_termcap.3x,v 1.23 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_termcap 3X ""
.ds n 5
.SH NAME
\fBtgetnum\fR,
\fBtgetstr\fR,
\fBtgoto\fR,
-\fBtputs\fR - direct \fBcurses\fR interface to the terminfo capability database
+\fBtputs\fR \- direct \fBcurses\fR interface to the terminfo capability database
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.br
terminfo entry has been compiled.
.PP
The \fBtgetent\fR routine loads the entry for \fIname\fR.
-It returns 1 on success, 0 if there is no such entry, and -1 if the
+It returns 1 on success, 0 if there is no such entry, and \-1 if the
terminfo database could not be found.
The emulation ignores the buffer pointer \fIbp\fR.
.PP
or zero if it is not available.
.PP
The \fBtgetnum\fR routine gets the numeric entry for \fIid\fR,
-or -1 if it is not available.
+or \-1 if it is not available.
.PP
The \fBtgetstr\fR routine returns the string entry for \fIid\fR,
or zero if it is not available.
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.31 2010/01/09 19:43:39 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.32 2010/07/31 14:43:29 tom Exp $
.TH curs_terminfo 3X ""
.ds n 5
.na
\fBvid_attr\fR,
\fBvid_puts\fR,
\fBvidattr\fR,
-\fBvidputs\fR - \fBcurses\fR interfaces to terminfo database
+\fBvidputs\fR \- \fBcurses\fR interfaces to terminfo database
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
or that it is a generic type,
having too little information for curses applications to run.
.TP 5
-.B -1
+.B \-1
means that the \fBterminfo\fR database could not be found.
.RE
.PP
the value of the capability corresponding to the \fBterminfo\fR
\fIcapname\fR passed to them, such as \fBxenl\fR.
.PP
-The \fBtigetflag\fR routine returns the value \fB-1\fR if
+The \fBtigetflag\fR routine returns the value \fB\-1\fR if
\fIcapname\fR is not a boolean capability,
or \fB0\fR if it is canceled or absent from the terminal description.
.PP
-The \fBtigetnum\fR routine returns the value \fB-2\fR if
+The \fBtigetnum\fR routine returns the value \fB\-2\fR if
\fIcapname\fR is not a numeric capability,
-or \fB-1\fR if it is canceled or absent from the terminal description.
+or \fB\-1\fR if it is canceled or absent from the terminal description.
.PP
-The \fBtigetstr\fR routine returns the value \fB(char *)-1\fR
+The \fBtigetstr\fR routine returns the value \fB(char *)\-1\fR
if \fIcapname\fR is not a string capability,
or \fB0\fR if it is canceled or absent from the terminal description.
.PP
\fBmvcur\fR is really a curses function which is not well specified.
.PP
X/Open states that the old location must be given for \fBmvcur\fP.
-This implementation allows the caller to use -1's for the old ordinates.
+This implementation allows the caller to use \-1's for the old ordinates.
In that case, the old location is unknown.
.PP
-Extended terminal capability names, e.g., as defined by \fBtic\ -x\fP,
+Extended terminal capability names, e.g., as defined by \fBtic\ \-x\fP,
are not stored in the arrays described in this section.
.SH SEE ALSO
\fBcurses\fR(3X),
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_threads.3x,v 1.12 2008/04/12 18:22:51 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_threads.3x,v 1.13 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_threads 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
.SH NAME
\fBuse_screen\fR,
-\fBuse_window\fR - \fBcurses\fR thread support
+\fBuse_window\fR \- \fBcurses\fR thread support
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
they use data which is maintained within a hierarchy of scopes.
.RS
.TP 3
--
+\-
global data, e.g., used in the low-level terminfo or termcap interfaces.
.TP 3
--
+\-
terminal data, e.g., associated with a call to \fIset_curterm\fP.
The terminal data are initialized when screens are created.
.TP 3
--
+\-
screen data, e.g., associated with a call to \fInewterm\fP or \fIinitscr\fP.
.TP 3
--
+\-
window data, e.g., associated with a call to \fInewwin\fP or \fIsubwin\fP.
Windows are associated with screens.
Pads are not necessarily associated with a particular screen.
.IP
Most curses applications operate on one or more windows within a single screen.
.TP 3
--
+\-
reentrant, i.e., it uses only the data passed as parameters.
.RE
.PP
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_touch.3x,v 1.11 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_touch.3x,v 1.12 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_touch 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBuntouchwin\fR,
\fBwtouchln\fR,
\fBis_linetouched\fR,
-\fBis_wintouched\fR - \fBcurses\fR refresh control routines
+\fBis_wintouched\fR \- \fBcurses\fR refresh control routines
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2000-2007,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2000-2009,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_trace.3x,v 1.10 2009/11/21 18:20:15 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_trace.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_trace 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fB_tracechtype\fR,
\fB_tracechtype2\fR,
\fB_tracemouse\fR,
-\fBtrace\fR - \fBcurses\fR debugging routines
+\fBtrace\fR \- \fBcurses\fR debugging routines
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_util.3x,v 1.27 2008/10/25 23:45:41 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_util.3x,v 1.28 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_util 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBputwin\fR,
\fBunctrl\fR,
\fBuse_env\fR,
-\fBwunctrl\fR - miscellaneous \fBcurses\fR utility routines
+\fBwunctrl\fR \- miscellaneous \fBcurses\fR utility routines
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
The \fBkeyname\fR routine returns a character string corresponding to the key \fIc\fR:
.RS 3
.TP 3
--
+\-
Printable characters are displayed as themselves, e.g., a one-character string containing the key.
.TP 3
--
+\-
Control characters are displayed in the \fB^\fR\fIX\fR notation.
.TP 3
--
+\-
DEL (character 127) is displayed as \fB^?\fP.
.TP 3
--
+\-
Values above 128 are either meta characters
(if the screen has not been initialized,
or if \fBmeta\fP has been called with a TRUE parameter),
-shown in the \fBM-\fR\fIX\fR notation,
+shown in the \fBM\-\fR\fIX\fR notation,
or are displayed as themselves.
In the latter case, the values may not be printable;
this follows the X/Open specification.
.TP 3
--
+\-
Values above 256 may be the names of the names of function keys.
.TP 3
--
+\-
Otherwise (if there is no corresponding name) the function returns null,
to denote an error.
X/Open also lists an "UNKNOWN KEY" return value, which some implementations
This implementation checks for three cases:
.RS
.TP 5
--
-the parameter is a 7-bit US-ASCII code.
+\-
+the parameter is a 7-bit US\-ASCII code.
This is the case that X/Open Curses documented.
.TP 5
--
-the parameter is in the range 128-159, i.e., a C1 control code.
+\-
+the parameter is in the range 128\-159, i.e., a C1 control code.
If \fBuse_legacy_coding\fP has been called with a \fB2\fP parameter,
\fBunctrl\fP returns the parameter, i.e., a one-character string with
the parameter as the first character.
This implementation permits that,
and returns the ``~@'', etc., values in that case.
.TP 5
--
+\-
parameter values outside the 0 to 255 range.
\fBunctrl\fP returns a null pointer.
.RE
.PP
Likewise, the \fBmeta\fP function allows the caller to change the
output of \fBkeyname\fP, i.e.,
-it determines whether to use the `M-' prefix
+it determines whether to use the `M\-' prefix
for ``meta'' keys (codes in the range 128 to 255).
Both \fBuse_legacy_coding\fP and \fBmeta\fP succeed only after
curses is initialized.
X/Open Curses does not document the treatment of codes 128 to 159.
When treating them as ``meta'' keys
(or if \fBkeyname\fP is called before initializing curses),
-this implementation returns strings ``M-^@'', ``M-^A'', etc.
+this implementation returns strings ``M\-^@'', ``M\-^A'', etc.
.PP
The \fBkeyname\fP function may return the names of user-defined
-string capabilities which are defined in the terminfo entry via the \fB-x\fP
+string capabilities which are defined in the terminfo entry via the \fB\-x\fP
option of \fBtic\fP.
This implementation automatically assigns at run-time keycodes to
user-defined strings which begin with "k".
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: curs_window.3x,v 1.14 2006/02/25 21:49:19 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: curs_window.3x,v 1.15 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH curs_window 3X ""
.na
.hy 0
\fBwsyncup\fR,
\fBsyncok\fR,
\fBwcursyncup\fR,
-\fBwsyncdown\fR - create \fBcurses\fR windows
+\fBwsyncdown\fR \- create \fBcurses\fR windows
.ad
.hy
.SH SYNOPSIS
Calling \fBnewwin\fR creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the
given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is
at line \fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR, column \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR. If either
-\fInlines\fR or \fIncols\fR is zero, they default to \fBLINES -\fR
-\fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR and \fBCOLS -\fR \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR. A new full-screen
+\fInlines\fR or \fIncols\fR is zero, they default to \fBLINES \-\fR
+\fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR and \fBCOLS \-\fR \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR. A new full-screen
window is created by calling \fBnewwin(0,0,0,0)\fR.
.PP
Calling \fBdelwin\fR deletes the named window, freeing all memory
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\"
.\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997,1999,2000,2005
.\"
-.\" $Id: default_colors.3x,v 1.20 2006/12/24 15:02:53 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: default_colors.3x,v 1.21 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH default_colors 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBuse_default_colors\fR,
The first function,
.I use_default_colors()
tells the curses library to assign terminal default
-foreground/background colors to color number -1. So init_pair(x,COLOR_RED,-1)
-will initialize pair x as red on default background and init_pair(x,-1,COLOR_BLUE) will
+foreground/background colors to color number \-1. So init_pair(x,COLOR_RED,\-1)
+will initialize pair x as red on default background and init_pair(x,\-1,COLOR_BLUE) will
initialize pair x as default foreground on blue.
.PP
The other,
.I assume_default_colors()
is a refinement which tells which colors to paint for color pair 0.
-This function recognizes a special color number -1,
+This function recognizes a special color number \-1,
which denotes the default terminal color.
.PP
The following are equivalent:
.br
.I use_default_colors();
.br
-.I assume_default_colors(-1,-1);
+.I assume_default_colors(\-1,\-1);
.RE
.PP
These are ncurses extensions.
For other curses implementations, color
-number -1 does not mean anything, just as for ncurses before a
+number \-1 does not mean anything, just as for ncurses before a
successful call of \fIuse_default_colors()\fP or \fIassume_default_colors()\fP.
.PP
Other curses implementations do not allow an application to modify color pair 0.
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form.3x,v 1.22 2008/10/11 20:48:11 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form.3x,v 1.23 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH form 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform\fR - curses extension for programming forms
+\fBform\fR \- curses extension for programming forms
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
.PP
The \fBform\fR library uses the \fBcurses\fR libraries.
To use the \fBform\fR library, link with the options
-\fB-lform -lcurses\fR.
+\fB\-lform \-lcurses\fR.
.PP
Your program should set up the locale, e.g.,
.sp
\fB<curses.h>\fR and \fB<eti.h>\fR.
.PP
In your library list, libform.a should be before libncurses.a; that is,
-you want to say `-lform -lncurses', not the other way around (which would
+you want to say `\-lform \-lncurses', not the other way around (which would
give you a link error using most linkers).
.SH PORTABILITY
These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_cursor.3x,v 1.6 2006/11/04 18:50:24 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_cursor.3x,v 1.7 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH form_cursor 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_cursor\fR - position a form window cursor
+\fBform_cursor\fR \- position a form window cursor
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_data.3x,v 1.8 2006/02/25 21:38:26 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_data.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH form_data 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_data\fR - test for off-screen data in given forms
+\fBform_data\fR \- test for off-screen data in given forms
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_driver.3x,v 1.17 2010/01/30 21:29:04 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_driver.3x,v 1.18 2010/07/31 14:49:44 tom Exp $
.TH form_driver 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_driver\fR - command-processing loop of the form system
+\fBform_driver\fR \- command-processing loop of the form system
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events to it
through \fBform_driver\fR. This routine has three major input cases:
.TP 3
--
+\-
The input is a form navigation request.
Navigation request codes are constants defined in \fB<form.h>\fP,
which are distinct from the key- and character codes returned by \fBwgetch\fP.
.TP 3
--
+\-
The input is a printable character.
Printable characters (which must be positive, less than 256) are
checked according to the program's locale settings.
.TP 3
--
+\-
The input is the KEY_MOUSE special key associated with an mouse event.
.PP
The form driver requests are as follows:
If you click at an field inside the display area of the form:
.RS
.TP 3
--
+\-
the form cursor is positioned to that field.
.TP 3
--
+\-
If you double-click a field,
the form cursor is positioned to that field
and \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR is returned.
It is exactly the purpose of this return value to signal that an
application specific command should be executed.
.TP 3
--
+\-
If a translation
into a request was done, \fBform_driver\fR returns the result of this request.
.RE
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_field.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 18:01:38 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH form_field 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_field\fR - make and break connections between fields and forms
+\fBform_field\fR \- make and break connections between fields and forms
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
Version 7 or BSD versions.
.PP
The SVr4 forms library documentation specifies the \fBfield_count\fR error value
-as -1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
+as \-1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
.SH AUTHORS
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
S. Raymond.
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_attributes.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 18:51:26 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_attributes.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH form_field_attributes 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_field_attributes\fR - color and attribute control for form fields
+\fBform_field_attributes\fR \- color and attribute control for form fields
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_buffer.3x,v 1.15 2008/10/18 18:35:17 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_buffer.3x,v 1.16 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH form_field_buffer 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_field_buffer\fR - field buffer control
+\fBform_field_buffer\fR \- field buffer control
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
to contain a given string:
.RS 3
.TP 3
--
+\-
Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field.
.TP 3
--
+\-
Other numbered buffers may be allocated by applications through the \fBnbuf\fR
argument of (see \fBform_field_new\fR(3X))
but are not manipulated by the forms library.
the contents of the given numbered buffer:
.RS 3
.TP 3
--
+\-
The buffer contents always have the same length,
and are padded with trailing spaces
as needed to ensure this length is the same.
.TP 3
--
+\-
The buffer may contain leading spaces, depending on how it was set.
.TP 3
--
+\-
The buffer contents are set with \fBset_field_buffer\fP,
or as a side effect of any editing operations on the corresponding field.
.TP 3
--
+\-
Editing operations are based on the \fIwindow\fP which displays the field,
rather than a \fIstring\fP.
The window contains only printable characters, and is filled with blanks.
own routine that copies the value out of the buffer and removes the leading
and trailing spaces.
.TP 3
--
+\-
Because editing operations change the content of the buffer to
correspond to the window, you should not rely on using buffers
for long-term storage of form data.
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_info.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 17:14:31 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_info.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH form_field_info 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_field_info\fR - retrieve field characteristics
+\fBform_field_info\fR \- retrieve field characteristics
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_just.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_just.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH form_field_just 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_field_just\fR - retrieve field characteristics
+\fBform_field_just\fR \- retrieve field characteristics
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_new.3x,v 1.16 2007/06/02 20:40:07 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_new.3x,v 1.17 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH form_field_new 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_field_new\fR - create and destroy form fields
+\fBform_field_new\fR \- create and destroy form fields
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_opts.3x,v 1.14 2010/02/20 19:33:42 Ingo.Schwarze Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_opts.3x,v 1.15 2010/07/31 14:49:44 tom Exp $
.TH form_field_opts 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_field_opts\fR - set and get field options
+\fBform_field_opts\fR \- set and get field options
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_userptr.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 18:04:37 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_userptr.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH form_field_userptr 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_field_userptr\fR - associate application data with a form field
+\fBform_field_userptr\fR \- associate application data with a form field
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_field_validation.3x,v 1.17 2008/12/14 19:22:16 juergen Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_field_validation.3x,v 1.18 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH form_field_validation 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_field_validation\fR - data type validation for fields
+\fBform_field_validation\fR \- data type validation for fields
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
the data is valid if the regular expression matches it. Regular expressions
are in the format of \fBregcomp\fR and \fBregexec\fR. Please notice
that the regular expression must match the whole field. If you have for
-example an eight character wide field, a regular expression "^[0-9]*$" always
+example an eight character wide field, a regular expression "^[0\-9]*$" always
means that you have to fill all eight positions with digits. If you want to
-allow fewer digits, you may use for example "^[0-9]* *$" which is good for
-trailing spaces (up to an empty field), or "^ *[0-9]* *$" which is good for
+allow fewer digits, you may use for example "^[0\-9]* *$" which is good for
+trailing spaces (up to an empty field), or "^ *[0\-9]* *$" which is good for
leading and trailing spaces around the digits.
.TP 5
TYPE_IPV4
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_fieldtype.3x,v 1.14 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_fieldtype.3x,v 1.15 2010/07/31 16:10:55 tom Exp $
.TH form_fieldtype 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_fieldtype\fR - define validation-field types
+\fBform_fieldtype\fR \- define validation-field types
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_hook.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:34:18 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_hook.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH form_hook 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_hook\fR - set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
+\fBform_hook\fR \- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_new.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_new.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH form_new 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_new\fR - create and destroy forms
+\fBform_new\fR \- create and destroy forms
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_new_page.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_new_page.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH form_new_page 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_new_page\fR - form pagination functions
+\fBform_new_page\fR \- form pagination functions
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_opts.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:34:36 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_opts.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH form_opts 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_opts\fR - set and get form options
+\fBform_opts\fR \- set and get form options
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_page.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 18:52:32 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_page.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH form_page 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_page\fR - set and get form page number
+\fBform_page\fR \- set and get form page number
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_post.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 18:53:20 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_post.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH form_post 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_post\fR - write or erase forms from associated subwindows
+\fBform_post\fR \- write or erase forms from associated subwindows
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_requestname.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 17:57:49 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_requestname.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH form_requestname 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_requestname\fR - handle printable form request names
+\fBform_requestname\fR \- handle printable form request names
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_userptr.3x,v 1.11 2006/11/04 18:43:24 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_userptr.3x,v 1.12 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH form_userptr 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_userptr\fR - associate application data with a form item
+\fBform_userptr\fR \- associate application data with a form item
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: form_win.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: form_win.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH form_win 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBform_win\fR - make and break form window and subwindow associations
+\fBform_win\fR \- make and break form window and subwindow associations
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <form.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.44 2006/12/24 18:16:31 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.45 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH @INFOCMP@ 1M ""
.ds n 5
.ds d @TERMINFO@
.SH NAME
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR - compare or print out \fIterminfo\fR descriptions
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fR \- compare or print out \fIterminfo\fR descriptions
.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@INFOCMP@\fR [\fB-\
+\fB@INFOCMP@\fR [\fB\-\
1\
C\
E\
x\
\fR]
.br
- [\fB-v\fR \fIn\fR] [\fB-s d\fR| \fBi\fR| \fBl\fR| \fBc\fR] [\fB-R \fR\fBsubset\fR]
+ [\fB\-v\fR \fIn\fR] [\fB\-s d\fR| \fBi\fR| \fBl\fR| \fBc\fR] [\fB\-R \fR\fBsubset\fR]
.br
- [\fB-w\fR\ \fIwidth\fR] [\fB-A\fR\ \fIdirectory\fR] [\fB-B\fR\ \fIdirectory\fR]
+ [\fB\-w\fR\ \fIwidth\fR] [\fB\-A\fR\ \fIdirectory\fR] [\fB\-B\fR\ \fIdirectory\fR]
.br
[\fItermname\fR...]
.SH DESCRIPTION
string fields.
.SS Default Options
If no options are specified and zero or one \fItermnames\fR are specified, the
-\fB-I\fR option will be assumed. If more than one \fItermname\fR is specified,
-the \fB-d\fR option will be assumed.
-.SS Comparison Options [-d] [-c] [-n]
+\fB\-I\fR option will be assumed. If more than one \fItermname\fR is specified,
+the \fB\-d\fR option will be assumed.
+.SS Comparison Options [\-d] [\-c] [\-n]
\fB@INFOCMP@\fR compares the \fBterminfo\fR description of the first terminal
\fItermname\fR with each of the descriptions given by the entries for the other
terminal's \fItermnames\fR. If a capability is defined for only one of the
terminals, the value returned will depend on the type of the capability:
-\fBF\fR for boolean variables, \fB-1\fR for integer variables, and \fBNULL\fR
+\fBF\fR for boolean variables, \fB\-1\fR for integer variables, and \fBNULL\fR
for string variables.
.PP
-The \fB-d\fR option produces a list of each capability that is different
+The \fB\-d\fR option produces a list of each capability that is different
between two entries. This option is useful to show the difference between two
entries, created by different people, for the same or similar terminals.
.PP
-The \fB-c\fR option produces a list of each capability that is common between
+The \fB\-c\fR option produces a list of each capability that is common between
two entries. Capabilities that are not set are ignored. This option can be
-used as a quick check to see if the \fB-u\fR option is worth using.
+used as a quick check to see if the \fB\-u\fR option is worth using.
.PP
-The \fB-n\fR option produces a list of each capability that is in neither
+The \fB\-n\fR option produces a list of each capability that is in neither
entry. If no \fItermnames\fR are given, the environment variable \fBTERM\fR
will be used for both of the \fItermnames\fR. This can be used as a quick
check to see if anything was left out of a description.
-.SS Source Listing Options [-I] [-L] [-C] [-r]
-The \fB-I\fR, \fB-L\fR, and \fB-C\fR options will produce a source listing for
+.SS Source Listing Options [\-I] [\-L] [\-C] [\-r]
+The \fB\-I\fR, \fB\-L\fR, and \fB\-C\fR options will produce a source listing for
each terminal named.
.
.TS
center tab(/) ;
l l .
-\fB-I\fR/use the \fBterminfo\fR names
-\fB-L\fR/use the long C variable name listed in <\fBterm.h\fR>
-\fB-C\fR/use the \fBtermcap\fR names
-\fB-r\fR/when using \fB-C\fR, put out all capabilities in \fBtermcap\fR form
+\fB\-I\fR/use the \fBterminfo\fR names
+\fB\-L\fR/use the long C variable name listed in <\fBterm.h\fR>
+\fB\-C\fR/use the \fBtermcap\fR names
+\fB\-r\fR/when using \fB\-C\fR, put out all capabilities in \fBtermcap\fR form
.TE
.PP
If no \fItermnames\fR are given, the environment variable \fBTERM\fR will be
used for the terminal name.
.PP
-The source produced by the \fB-C\fR option may be used directly as a
+The source produced by the \fB\-C\fR option may be used directly as a
\fBtermcap\fR entry, but not all parameterized strings can be changed to
the \fBtermcap\fR format. \fB@INFOCMP@\fR will attempt to convert most of the
parameterized information, and anything not converted will be plainly marked in
All \fBtermcap\fR variables no longer supported by \fBterminfo\fR, but which
are derivable from other \fBterminfo\fR variables, will be output. Not all
\fBterminfo\fR capabilities will be translated; only those variables which were
-part of \fBtermcap\fR will normally be output. Specifying the \fB-r\fR option
+part of \fBtermcap\fR will normally be output. Specifying the \fB\-r\fR option
will take off this restriction, allowing all capabilities to be output in
\fItermcap\fR form.
.PP
\fB%p1%?%'x'%>%t%p1%'y'%+%;/%>xy\fR/concept
\fB%p2\fR is printed before \fB%p1/%r\fR/hp
.TE
-.SS Use= Option [-u]
-The \fB-u\fR option produces a \fBterminfo\fR source description of the first
+.SS Use= Option [\-u]
+The \fB\-u\fR option produces a \fBterminfo\fR source description of the first
terminal \fItermname\fR which is relative to the sum of the descriptions given
by the entries for the other terminals \fItermnames\fR. It does this by
analyzing the differences between the first \fItermname\fR and the other
the compilation time, is specifying extra \fBuse=\fR fields that are
superfluous. \fB@INFOCMP@\fR will flag any other \fItermname use=\fR fields that
were not needed.
-.SS Changing Databases [-A \fIdirectory\fR] [-B \fIdirectory\fR]
+.SS Changing Databases [\-A \fIdirectory\fR] [\-B \fIdirectory\fR]
The location of the compiled \fBterminfo\fR database is taken from the
environment variable \fBTERMINFO\fR . If the variable is not defined, or the
terminal is not found in that location, the system \fBterminfo\fR database,
-in \fB@TERMINFO@\fR, will be used. The options \fB-A\fR
-and \fB-B\fR may be used to override this location. The \fB-A\fR option will
-set \fBTERMINFO\fR for the first \fItermname\fR and the \fB-B\fR option will
+in \fB@TERMINFO@\fR, will be used. The options \fB\-A\fR
+and \fB\-B\fR may be used to override this location. The \fB\-A\fR option will
+set \fBTERMINFO\fR for the first \fItermname\fR and the \fB\-B\fR option will
set \fBTERMINFO\fR for the other \fItermnames\fR. With this, it is possible to
compare descriptions for a terminal with the same name located in two different
databases. This is useful for comparing descriptions for the same terminal
created by different people.
.SS Other Options
.TP 5
-\fB-1\fR
+\fB\-1\fR
causes the fields to be printed out one to a line. Otherwise,
the fields will be printed several to a line to a maximum width
of 60 characters.
.TP
-\fB-a\fR
+\fB\-a\fR
tells \fB@INFOCMP@\fP to retain commented-out capabilities rather than discarding
them. Capabilities are commented by prefixing them with a period.
.TP 5
-\fB-E\fR
+\fB\-E\fR
Dump the capabilities of the given terminal as tables, needed in
the C initializer for a
TERMTYPE structure (the terminal capability structure in the \fB<term.h>\fR).
The tables are all declared static, and are named according to the type
and the name of the corresponding terminal entry.
.sp
-Before ncurses 5.0, the split between the \fB-e\fP and \fB-E\fP
+Before ncurses 5.0, the split between the \fB\-e\fP and \fB\-E\fP
options was not needed; but support for extended names required making
the arrays of terminal capabilities separate from the TERMTYPE structure.
.TP 5
-\fB-e\fR
+\fB\-e\fR
Dump the capabilities of the given terminal as a C initializer for a
TERMTYPE structure (the terminal capability structure in the \fB<term.h>\fR).
This option is useful for preparing versions of the curses library hardwired
for a given terminal type.
.TP 5
-\fB-F\fR
+\fB\-F\fR
compare terminfo files. This assumes that two following arguments are
filenames. The files are searched for pairwise matches between
entries, with two entries considered to match if any of their names do.
with exactly one match it includes a difference report. Normally,
to reduce the volume of the report, use references are
not resolved before looking for differences, but resolution can be forced
-by also specifying \fB-r\fR.
+by also specifying \fB\-r\fR.
.TP 5
-\fB-f\fR
+\fB\-f\fR
Display complex terminfo strings which contain if/then/else/endif expressions
indented for readability.
.TP 5
-\fB-G\fR
+\fB\-G\fR
Display constant literals in decimal form
rather than their character equivalents.
.TP 5
-\fB-g\fR
+\fB\-g\fR
Display constant character literals in quoted form
rather than their decimal equivalents.
.TP 5
-\fB-i\fR
+\fB\-i\fR
Analyze the initialization (\fBis1\fR, \fBis2\fR, \fBis3\fR), and reset
(\fBrs1\fR, \fBrs2\fR, \fBrs3\fR), strings in the entry. For each string, the
code tries to analyze it into actions in terms of the other capabilities in the
-entry, certain X3.64/ISO 6429/ECMA-48 capabilities, and certain DEC VT-series
+entry, certain X3.64/ISO 6429/ECMA\-48 capabilities, and certain DEC VT-series
private modes (the set of recognized special sequences has been selected for
completeness over the existing terminfo database). Each report line consists
of the capability name, followed by a colon and space, followed by a printable
DECPNM/normal keypad mode
DECANSI/enter ANSI mode
=
-ECMA[+-]AM/keyboard action mode
-ECMA[+-]IRM/insert replace mode
-ECMA[+-]SRM/send receive mode
-ECMA[+-]LNM/linefeed mode
+ECMA[+\-]AM/keyboard action mode
+ECMA[+\-]IRM/insert replace mode
+ECMA[+\-]SRM/send receive mode
+ECMA[+\-]LNM/linefeed mode
=
-DEC[+-]CKM/application cursor keys
-DEC[+-]ANM/set VT52 mode
-DEC[+-]COLM/132-column mode
-DEC[+-]SCLM/smooth scroll
-DEC[+-]SCNM/reverse video mode
-DEC[+-]OM/origin mode
-DEC[+-]AWM/wraparound mode
-DEC[+-]ARM/auto-repeat mode
+DEC[+\-]CKM/application cursor keys
+DEC[+\-]ANM/set VT52 mode
+DEC[+\-]COLM/132-column mode
+DEC[+\-]SCLM/smooth scroll
+DEC[+\-]SCNM/reverse video mode
+DEC[+\-]OM/origin mode
+DEC[+\-]AWM/wraparound mode
+DEC[+\-]ARM/auto-repeat mode
.TE
.sp
It also recognizes a SGR action corresponding to ANSI/ISO 6429/ECMA Set
Graphics Rendition, with the values NORMAL, BOLD, UNDERLINE, BLINK, and
-REVERSE. All but NORMAL may be prefixed with `+' (turn on) or `-' (turn off).
+REVERSE. All but NORMAL may be prefixed with `+' (turn on) or `\-' (turn off).
.PP
An SGR0 designates an empty highlight sequence (equivalent to {SGR:NORMAL}).
.TP 5
-\fB-l\fR
+\fB\-l\fR
Set output format to terminfo.
.TP 5
-\fB-p\fR
+\fB\-p\fR
Ignore padding specifications when comparing strings.
.TP 5
-\fB-q\fR
+\fB\-q\fR
Make the comparison listing shorter by omitting subheadings, and using
-"-" for absent capabilities, "@" for canceled rather than "NULL".
+"\-" for absent capabilities, "@" for canceled rather than "NULL".
.TP 5
-\fB-R\fR\fIsubset\fR
+\fB\-R\fR\fIsubset\fR
Restrict output to a given subset. This option is for use with archaic
versions of terminfo like those on SVr1, Ultrix, or HP/UX that do not support
the full set of SVR4/XSI Curses terminfo; and variants such as AIX
details. You can also choose the subset "BSD" which selects only capabilities
with termcap equivalents recognized by 4.4BSD.
.TP
-\fB-s \fR\fI[d|i|l|c]\fR
-The \fB-s\fR option sorts the fields within each type according to the argument
+\fB\-s \fR\fI[d|i|l|c]\fR
+The \fB\-s\fR option sorts the fields within each type according to the argument
below:
.br
.RS 5
sort by the \fItermcap\fR name.
.RE
.IP
-If the \fB-s\fR option is not given, the fields printed out will be
+If the \fB\-s\fR option is not given, the fields printed out will be
sorted alphabetically by the \fBterminfo\fR name within each type,
-except in the case of the \fB-C\fR or the \fB-L\fR options, which cause the
+except in the case of the \fB\-C\fR or the \fB\-L\fR options, which cause the
sorting to be done by the \fBtermcap\fR name or the long C variable
name, respectively.
.TP 5
-\fB-T\fR
+\fB\-T\fR
eliminates size-restrictions on the generated text.
This is mainly useful for testing and analysis, since the compiled
descriptions are limited (e.g., 1023 for termcap, 4096 for terminfo).
.TP
-\fB-t\fR
+\fB\-t\fR
tells \fBtic\fP to discard commented-out capabilities.
Normally when translating from terminfo to termcap,
untranslatable capabilities are commented-out.
.TP 5
-\fB-U\fR
+\fB\-U\fR
tells \fB@INFOCMP@\fP to not post-process the data after parsing the source file.
This feature helps when comparing the actual contents of two source files,
since it excludes the inferences that \fB@INFOCMP@\fP makes to fill in missing
data.
.TP 5
-\fB-V\fR
+\fB\-V\fR
reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits.
.TP 5
-\fB-v\fR \fIn\fR
+\fB\-v\fR \fIn\fR
prints out tracing information on standard error as the program runs.
Higher values of n induce greater verbosity.
.TP 5
-\fB-w\fR \fIwidth\fR
+\fB\-w\fR \fIwidth\fR
changes the output to \fIwidth\fR characters.
.TP
-\fB-x\fR
+\fB\-x\fR
print information for user-defined capabilities.
These are extensions to the terminfo repertoire which can be loaded
-using the \fB-x\fR option of \fBtic\fP.
+using the \fB\-x\fR option of \fBtic\fP.
.SH FILES
.TP 20
\*d
Compiled terminal description database.
.SH EXTENSIONS
The
-\fB-E\fR,
-\fB-F\fR,
-\fB-G\fR,
-\fB-R\fR,
-\fB-T\fR,
-\fB-V\fR,
-\fB-a\fR,
-\fB-e\fR,
-\fB-f\fR,
-\fB-g\fR,
-\fB-i\fR,
-\fB-l\fR,
-\fB-p\fR,
-\fB-q\fR and
-\fB-t\fR
+\fB\-E\fR,
+\fB\-F\fR,
+\fB\-G\fR,
+\fB\-R\fR,
+\fB\-T\fR,
+\fB\-V\fR,
+\fB\-a\fR,
+\fB\-e\fR,
+\fB\-f\fR,
+\fB\-g\fR,
+\fB\-i\fR,
+\fB\-l\fR,
+\fB\-p\fR,
+\fB\-q\fR and
+\fB\-t\fR
options are not supported in SVr4 curses.
.PP
-The \fB-r\fR option's notion of `termcap' capabilities is System V Release 4's.
+The \fB\-r\fR option's notion of `termcap' capabilities is System V Release 4's.
Actual BSD curses versions will have a more restricted set. To see only the
-4.4BSD set, use \fB-r\fR \fB-RBSD\fR.
+4.4BSD set, use \fB\-r\fR \fB\-RBSD\fR.
.SH BUGS
-The \fB-F\fR option of \fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M) should be a \fB@TOE@\fR(1M) mode.
+The \fB\-F\fR option of \fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M) should be a \fB@TOE@\fR(1M) mode.
.SH SEE ALSO
\fB@CAPTOINFO@\fR(1M),
\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR(1M),
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1999-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.8 2006/12/24 20:13:56 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH @INFOTOCAP@ 1M ""
.ds n 5
.ds d @TERMINFO@
.SH NAME
-\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR - convert a \fIterminfo\fR description into a \fItermcap\fR description
+\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR \- convert a \fIterminfo\fR description into a \fItermcap\fR description
.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR [\fB-v\fR\fIn\fR \fIwidth\fR] [\fB-V\fR] [\fB-1\fR] [\fB-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfile\fR . . .
+\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR [\fB\-v\fR\fIn\fR \fIwidth\fR] [\fB\-V\fR] [\fB\-1\fR] [\fB\-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfile\fR . . .
.SH DESCRIPTION
\fB@INFOTOCAP@\fR looks in \fIfile\fR for \fBterminfo\fR descriptions. For each
one found, an equivalent \fBtermcap\fR description is written to standard
output. Terminfo \fBuse\fR capabilities are translated directly to termcap
\fBtc\fR capabilities.
.TP 5
-\fB-v\fR
+\fB\-v\fR
print out tracing information on standard error as the program runs.
.TP 5
-\fB-V\fR
+\fB\-V\fR
print out the version of the program in use on standard error and exit.
.TP 5
-\fB-1\fR
+\fB\-1\fR
cause the fields to print out one to a line. Otherwise, the fields
will be printed several to a line to a maximum width of 60
characters.
.TP 5
-\fB-w\fR
+\fB\-w\fR
change the output to \fIwidth\fR characters.
.SH FILES
.TP 20
\*d
Compiled terminal description database.
.SH NOTES
-This utility is actually a link to \fI@TIC@\fR, running in \fI-C\fR mode.
-You can use other \fI@TIC@\fR options such as \fB-f\fR and \fB-x\fR.
+This utility is actually a link to \fI@TIC@\fR, running in \fI\-C\fR mode.
+You can use other \fI@TIC@\fR options such as \fB\-f\fR and \fB\-x\fR.
.SH SEE ALSO
\fBcurses\fR(3X),
\fB@TIC@\fR(1M),
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\"
.\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 2003
.\"
-.\" $Id: key_defined.3x,v 1.4 2006/02/25 21:50:01 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: key_defined.3x,v 1.5 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH key_defined 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBkey_defined\fP \- check if a keycode is defined
.SH RETURN VALUE
If the string is bound to a keycode, its value (greater than zero) is returned.
If no keycode is bound, zero is returned.
-If the string conflicts with longer strings which are bound to keys, -1 is returned.
+If the string conflicts with longer strings which are bound to keys, \-1 is returned.
.SH PORTABILITY
These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not supported on
Version 7, BSD or System V implementations. It is recommended that
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\"
.\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1997
.\"
-.\" $Id: keyok.3x,v 1.9 2006/02/25 21:47:06 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: keyok.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH keyok 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBkeyok\fP \- enable or disable a keycode
This is an extension to the curses library.
It permits an application to disable specific keycodes, rather than
use the \fIkeypad\fP function to disable all keycodes.
-Keys that have been disabled can be reenabled.
+Keys that have been disabled can be re-enabled.
.SH RETURN VALUE
The keycode must be greater than zero, else ERR is returned.
If it does not correspond to a defined key, then ERR is returned.
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu.3x,v 1.19 2006/11/04 18:38:29 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu.3x,v 1.20 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH menu 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu\fR - curses extension for programming menus
+\fBmenu\fR \- curses extension for programming menus
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
The \fBmenu\fR library uses the \fBcurses\fR libraries, and a curses
initialization routine such as \fBinitscr\fR must be called before using any of
these functions. To use the \fBmenu\fR library, link with the options
-\fB-lmenu -lcurses\fR.
+\fB\-lmenu \-lcurses\fR.
.
.SS Current Default Values for Item Attributes
.
\fB<curses.h>\fR and \fB<eti.h>\fR.
.PP
In your library list, libmenu.a should be before libncurses.a; that is,
-you want to say `-lmenu -lncurses', not the other way around (which would
+you want to say `\-lmenu \-lncurses', not the other way around (which would
usually give a link-error).
.SH PORTABILITY
These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_attributes.3x,v 1.10 2008/08/23 18:24:23 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_attributes.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH menu_attributes 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_attributes\fR - color and attribute control for menus
+\fBmenu_attributes\fR \- color and attribute control for menus
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_cursor.3x,v 1.6 2006/11/04 17:13:57 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_cursor.3x,v 1.7 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH menu_cursor 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_cursor\fR - position a menu's cursor
+\fBmenu_cursor\fR \- position a menu's cursor
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_driver.3x,v 1.16 2010/01/30 21:29:04 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_driver.3x,v 1.17 2010/07/31 15:16:18 tom Exp $
.TH menu_driver 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_driver\fR - command-processing loop of the menu system
+\fBmenu_driver\fR \- command-processing loop of the menu system
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events to it
through \fBmenu_driver\fR. This routine has three major input cases:
.TP 3
--
+\-
The input is a form navigation request.
Navigation request codes are constants defined in \fB<form.h>\fP,
which are distinct from the key- and character codes returned by \fBwgetch\fP.
.TP 3
--
+\-
The input is a printable character.
Printable characters (which must be positive, less than 256) are
checked according to the program's locale settings.
.TP 3
--
+\-
The input is the KEY_MOUSE special key associated with an mouse event.
.PP
The menu driver requests are as follows:
If you click at an item inside the display area of the menu:
.RS
.TP 3
--
+\-
the menu cursor is positioned to that item.
.TP 3
--
+\-
If you double-click an item a REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM
is generated and \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR is returned.
This return value makes sense,
It is exactly the purpose of this return value to signal that an
application specific command should be executed.
.TP 3
--
+\-
If a translation
into a request was done, \fBmenu_driver\fR returns the result of this request.
.RE
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2001,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_format.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_format.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH menu_format 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_format\fR - set and get menu sizes
+\fBmenu_format\fR \- set and get menu sizes
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_hook.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:34:08 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_hook.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:09:36 tom Exp $
.TH menu_hook 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_hook\fR - set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
+\fBmenu_hook\fR \- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_items.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 18:35:31 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_items.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH menu_items 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_items\fR - make and break connections between items and menus
+\fBmenu_items\fR \- make and break connections between items and menus
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
Version 7 or BSD versions.
.PP
The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the \fBitem_count\fR error value
-as -1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
+as \-1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
.SH AUTHORS
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
S. Raymond.
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_mark.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 18:33:18 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_mark.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH menu_mark 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_mark\fR - get and set the menu mark string
+\fBmenu_mark\fR \- get and set the menu mark string
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
Note that changing the length of the mark string for a menu while the
menu is posted is likely to produce unhelpful behavior.
.PP
-The default string is "-" (a dash). Calling \fBset_menu_mark\fR with
+The default string is "\-" (a dash). Calling \fBset_menu_mark\fR with
a non-\fBNULL\fR menu argument will change this default.
.PP
The function \fBmenu_mark\fR returns the menu's mark string (or \fBNULL\fR if
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_new.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 18:31:37 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_new.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH menu_new 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_new\fR - create and destroy menus
+\fBmenu_new\fR \- create and destroy menus
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_opts.3x,v 1.10 2007/02/24 17:33:59 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_opts.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH menu_opts 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_opts\fR - set and get menu options
+\fBmenu_opts\fR \- set and get menu options
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_pattern.3x,v 1.11 2008/06/21 21:58:20 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_pattern.3x,v 1.12 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH menu_pattern 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_pattern\fR - get and set a menu's pattern buffer
+\fBmenu_pattern\fR \- get and set a menu's pattern buffer
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_post.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_post.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH menu_post 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_post\fR - write or erase menus from associated subwindows
+\fBmenu_post\fR \- write or erase menus from associated subwindows
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_requestname.3x,v 1.7 2006/11/04 17:56:09 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_requestname.3x,v 1.8 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH menu_requestname 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_requestname\fR - handle printable menu request names
+\fBmenu_requestname\fR \- handle printable menu request names
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_spacing.3x,v 1.9 2010/01/30 21:29:04 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_spacing.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 15:45:16 tom Exp $
.TH menu_spacing 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_spacing\fR - Control spacing between menu items.
+\fBmenu_spacing\fR \- Control spacing between menu items.
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
int* spc_columns);
.br
.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function \fBset_menu_spacing\fR sets the spacing informations for the menu.
+The function \fBset_menu_spacing\fR sets the spacing information for the menu.
Its parameter \fBspc_description\fR controls the number of spaces between an item name and an item
description.
It must not be larger than \fBTABSIZE\fR.
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_userptr.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 18:21:03 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_userptr.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH menu_userptr 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_userptr\fR - associate application data with a menu item
+\fBmenu_userptr\fR \- associate application data with a menu item
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: menu_win.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: menu_win.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH menu_win 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmenu_win\fR - make and break menu window and subwindow associations
+\fBmenu_win\fR \- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_current.3x,v 1.11 2006/11/04 18:18:19 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_current.3x,v 1.12 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH mitem_current 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmitem_current\fR - set and get current_menu_item
+\fBmitem_current\fR \- set and get current_menu_item
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
Version 7 or BSD versions.
.PP
The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the \fBtop_row\fR and
-\fBindex_item\fR error value as -1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
+\fBindex_item\fR error value as \-1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR).
.SH AUTHORS
Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric
S. Raymond.
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_name.3x,v 1.6 2006/11/04 17:53:40 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_name.3x,v 1.7 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH mitem_name 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmitem_name\fR - get menu item name and description fields
+\fBmitem_name\fR \- get menu item name and description fields
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_new.3x,v 1.10 2006/11/04 18:16:36 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_new.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH mitem_new 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmitem_new\fR - create and destroy menu items
+\fBmitem_new\fR \- create and destroy menu items
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_opts.3x,v 1.9 2007/02/24 17:33:32 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_opts.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH mitem_opts 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmitem_opts\fR - set and get menu item options
+\fBmitem_opts\fR \- set and get menu item options
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_userptr.3x,v 1.9 2006/11/04 18:21:03 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_userptr.3x,v 1.10 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH mitem_userptr 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmitem_userptr\fR - associate application data with a menu item
+\fBmitem_userptr\fR \- associate application data with a menu item
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2002,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_value.3x,v 1.8 2006/11/04 17:12:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_value.3x,v 1.9 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH mitem_value 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmitem_value\fR - set and get menu item values
+\fBmitem_value\fR \- set and get menu item values
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: mitem_visible.3x,v 1.5 1998/11/29 01:12:55 Rick.Ohnemus Exp $
+.\" $Id: mitem_visible.3x,v 1.6 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH mitem_visible 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBmitem_visible\fR - check visibility of a menu item
+\fBmitem_visible\fR \- check visibility of a menu item
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <menu.h>\fR
.br
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: ncurses.3x,v 1.95 2010/03/13 20:25:19 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: ncurses.3x,v 1.96 2010/07/31 15:55:04 tom Exp $
.hy 0
.TH ncurses 3X ""
.ds n 5
.ds d @TERMINFO@
.SH NAME
-\fBncurses\fR - CRT screen handling and optimization package
+\fBncurses\fR \- CRT screen handling and optimization package
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.br
i.e., features which cannot be implemented by a simple add-on library
but which require access to the internals of the library.
.PP
-A program using these routines must be linked with the \fB-lncurses\fR option,
-or (if it has been generated) with the debugging library \fB-lncurses_g\fR.
+A program using these routines must be linked with the \fB\-lncurses\fR option,
+or (if it has been generated) with the debugging library \fB\-lncurses_g\fR.
(Your system integrator may also have installed these libraries under
-the names \fB-lcurses\fR and \fB-lcurses_g\fR.)
+the names \fB\-lcurses\fR and \fB\-lcurses_g\fR.)
The ncurses_g library generates trace logs (in a file called 'trace' in the
current directory) that describe curses actions.
See also the section on \fBALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS\fP.
\fBsetlocale(LC_ALL, "");\fP
.sp
If the locale is not initialized,
-the library assumes that characters are printable as in ISO-8859-1,
+the library assumes that characters are printable as in ISO\-8859\-1,
to work with certain legacy programs.
You should initialize the locale and not rely on specific details of
the library when the locale has not been setup.
corresponds to \fBchtype\fP.
However it is a structure, because more data is stored than can fit into
an integer.
-The characters are large enough to require a full integer value - and there
+The characters are large enough to require a full integer value \- and there
may be more than one character per cell.
The video attributes and color are stored in separate fields of the structure.
.IP
Like \fBchtype\fP, this may be an integer.
.TP 5
.B wint_t
-stores a \fBwchar_t\fP or \fBWEOF\fP - not the same, though both may have
+stores a \fBwchar_t\fP or \fBWEOF\fP \- not the same, though both may have
the same size.
.RE
.IP
3 = middle.
.sp
This symbol lets you customize the mouse.
-The symbol must be three numeric digits 1-3 in any order, e.g., 123 or 321.
+The symbol must be three numeric digits 1\-3 in any order, e.g., 123 or 321.
If it is not specified, \fBncurses\fR uses 132.
.TP 5
NCURSES_ASSUMED_COLORS
You may set the foreground and background color values with this environment
variable by proving a 2-element list: foreground,background.
For example, to tell ncurses to not assume anything
-about the colors, set this to "-1,-1".
+about the colors, set this to "\-1,\-1".
To make it green-on-black, set it to "2,0".
Any positive value from zero to the terminfo \fBmax_colors\fR value is allowed.
.TP 5
checks for special cases where VT100 line-drawing (and the corresponding
alternate character set capabilities) described in the terminfo are known
to be missing.
-Specifically, when running in a UTF-8 locale,
+Specifically, when running in a UTF\-8 locale,
the Linux console emulator and the GNU screen program ignore these.
Ncurses checks the TERM environment variable for these.
For other special cases, you should set this environment variable.
The complete list of directories in order follows:
.RS
.TP 3
--
+\-
the last directory to which \fBncurses\fR wrote, if any, is searched first
.TP 3
--
+\-
the directory specified by the TERMINFO symbol
.TP 3
--
+\-
$HOME/.terminfo
.TP 3
--
+\-
directories listed in the TERMINFO_DIRS symbol
.TP 3
--
+\-
one or more directories whose names are configured and compiled into the
ncurses library, e.g.,
@TERMINFO@
There are a few main options whose effects are visible to the applications
developer using \fBncurses\fP:
.TP 5
---disable-overwrite
+\-\-disable\-overwrite
The standard include for \fBncurses\fP is as noted in \fBSYNOPSIS\fP:
.RS
.sp
\fB#include <ncurses/curses.h>\fR
.RE
.IP
-It also omits a symbolic link which would allow you to use \fB-lcurses\fP
+It also omits a symbolic link which would allow you to use \fB\-lcurses\fP
to build executables.
.TP 5
---enable-widec
-The configure script renames the library and (if the \fB--disable-overwrite\fP
+\-\-enable\-widec
+The configure script renames the library and (if the \fB\-\-disable\-overwrite\fP
option is used) puts the header files in a different subdirectory.
All of the library names have a "w" appended to them,
i.e., instead of
.RS
.sp
-\fB-lncurses\fR
+\fB\-lncurses\fR
.RE
.IP
you link with
.RS
.sp
-\fB-lncursesw\fR
+\fB\-lncursesw\fR
.RE
.IP
You must also define \fB_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED\fP when compiling for the
to allow applications to be built using either library
from the same set of headers.
.TP 5
---with-shared
+\-\-with\-shared
.TP
---with-normal
+\-\-with\-normal
.TP
---with-debug
+\-\-with\-debug
.TP
---with-profile
+\-\-with\-profile
The shared and normal (static) library names differ by their suffixes,
e.g., \fBlibncurses.so\fP and \fBlibncurses.a\fP.
The debug and profiling libraries add a "_g" and a "_p" to the root
names respectively,
e.g., \fBlibncurses_g.a\fP and \fBlibncurses_p.a\fP.
.TP 5
---with-trace
+\-\-with\-trace
The \fBtrace\fP function normally resides in the debug library,
but it is sometimes useful to configure this in the shared library.
Configure scripts should check for the function's existence rather
\fBterminfo\fR(\*n) and related pages whose names begin "curs_" for detailed routine
descriptions.
.SH EXTENSIONS
-The \fBncurses\fR library can be compiled with an option (\fB-DUSE_GETCAP\fR)
+The \fBncurses\fR library can be compiled with an option (\fB\-DUSE_GETCAP\fR)
that falls back to the old-style /etc/termcap file if the terminal setup code
cannot find a terminfo entry corresponding to \fBTERM\fR.
Use of this feature
and \fBkeyok\fR(3X) manual pages for details.
.PP
The \fBncurses\fR library can exploit the capabilities of terminals which
-implement the ISO-6429 SGR 39 and SGR 49 controls, which allow an application
+implement the ISO\-6429 SGR 39 and SGR 49 controls, which allow an application
to reset the terminal to its original foreground and background colors.
From the users' perspective, the application is able to draw colored
text on a background whose color is set independently, providing better
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: panel.3x,v 1.15 2010/01/30 21:29:04 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: panel.3x,v 1.16 2010/07/31 15:22:31 tom Exp $
.TH panel 3X ""
.ds n 5
.ds d @TERMINFO@
.SH NAME
-panel - panel stack extension for curses
+panel \- panel stack extension for curses
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <panel.h>\fR
.P
-\fBcc [flags] sourcefiles -lpanel -lncurses\fR
+\fBcc [flags] sourcefiles \-lpanel \-lncurses\fR
.P
\fBPANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win)\fR
.br
function to ensure compatibility with native panel libraries.
.SH NOTE
In your library list, libpanel.a should be before libncurses.a; that is,
-you want to say `-lpanel -lncurses', not the other way around (which would
+you want to say `\-lpanel \-lncurses', not the other way around (which would
usually give a link-error).
.SH FILES
.P
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\"
.\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1996-2005
.\"
-.\" $Id: resizeterm.3x,v 1.11 2005/06/25 22:19:42 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: resizeterm.3x,v 1.12 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH resizeterm 3X ""
.SH NAME
\fBis_term_resized\fR,
\fBresize_term\fR,
-\fBresizeterm\fR - change the curses terminal size
+\fBresizeterm\fR \- change the curses terminal size
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.sp
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: tabs.1,v 1.4 2010/05/22 20:12:00 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: tabs.1,v 1.7 2010/07/31 18:17:37 tom Exp $
.TH @TABS@ 1 ""
.ds n 5
.SH NAME
-\fBtabs\fR - set tabs on a terminal
+\fBtabs\fR \- set tabs on a terminal
.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBtabs\fR [\fB-v\fR[\fIn\fR]] [\fB-ahuUV\fR] \fIfile...\fR
+\fBtabs\fR [\fB\-v\fR[\fIn\fR]] [\fB\-ahuUV\fR] \fIfile...\fR
.br
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
.SH OPTIONS
.SS General Options
.TP 5
-.BI -T "name"
+.BI \-T "name"
Tell \fBtabs\fP which terminal type to use.
If this option is not given, \fBtabs\fP will use the \fB$TERM\fP
environment variable.
If that is not set, it will use the \fIansi+tabs\fP entry.
.TP 5
-.B -d
+.B \-d
The debugging option shows a ruler line, followed by two data lines.
The first data line shows the expected tab-stops marked with asterisks.
The second data line shows the actual tab-stops, marked with asterisks.
.TP 5
-.B -n
+.B \-n
This option tells \fBtabs\fP to check the options and run any debugging
option, but not to modify the terminal settings.
.PP
The last option to be processed which defines a list is the one that
determines the list to be processed.
.SS Implicit Lists
-Use a single number as an option, e.g., "\fB-5\fP" to set tabs at the given
+Use a single number as an option, e.g., "\fB\-5\fP" to set tabs at the given
interval (in this case 1, 6, 11, 16, 21, etc.). Tabs are repeated up to
the right margin of the screen.
+.PP
+Use "\fB\-0\fP" to clear all tabs.
+.PP
+Use "\fB\-8\fP" to set tabs to the standard interval.
.SS Explicit Lists
-An explicit list can be defined after the options (this does not use a "-").
+An explicit list can be defined after the options (this does not use a "\-").
The values in the list must be in increasing numeric order, and greater than
zero. They are separated by a comma or a blank, for example,
.sp
.SS Predefined Tab-Stops
X/Open defines several predefined lists of tab stops.
.TP 5
-.B -a
+.B \-a
Assembler, IBM S/370, first format
.TP 5
-.B -a2
+.B \-a2
Assembler, IBM S/370, second format
.TP 5
-.B -c
+.B \-c
COBOL, normal format
.TP 5
-.B -c2
+.B \-c2
COBOL compact format
.TP 5
-.B -c3
+.B \-c3
COBOL compact format extended
.TP 5
-.B -f
+.B \-f
FORTRAN
.TP 5
-.B -p
+.B \-p
PL/I
.TP 5
-.B -s
+.B \-s
SNOBOL
.TP 5
-.B -u
+.B \-u
UNIVAC 1100 Assembler
.SH PORTABILITY
.PP
X/Open describes a \fB+m\fP option, to set a terminal's left-margin.
Very few of the entries in the terminal database provide this capability.
.PP
-The \fB-d\fP (debug) and \fB-n\fP (no-op) options are extensions not provided
+The \fB\-d\fP (debug) and \fB\-n\fP (no-op) options are extensions not provided
by other implementations.
.PP
Documentation for other implementations states that there is a limit on the
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: term.5,v 1.19 2006/12/24 18:12:38 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: term.5,v 1.20 2010/07/31 16:13:27 tom Exp $
.TH term 5
.ds n 5
.ds d @TERMINFO@
The first byte contains the least significant 8 bits of the value,
and the second byte contains the most significant 8 bits.
(Thus, the value represented is 256*second+first.)
-The value -1 is represented by the two bytes 0377, 0377; other negative
+The value \-1 is represented by the two bytes 0377, 0377; other negative
values are illegal. This value generally
means that the corresponding capability is missing from this terminal.
Note that this format corresponds to the hardware of the \s-1VAX\s+1
Between the boolean section and the number section,
a null byte will be inserted, if necessary,
to ensure that the number section begins on an even byte (this is a
-relic of the PDP-11's word-addressed architecture, originally
+relic of the PDP\-11's word-addressed architecture, originally
designed in to avoid IOT traps induced by addressing a word on an
odd byte boundary).
All short integers are aligned on a short word boundary.
The numbers section is similar to the flags section.
Each capability takes up two bytes,
and is stored as a little-endian short integer.
-If the value represented is -1, the capability is taken to be missing.
+If the value represented is \-1, the capability is taken to be missing.
.PP
The strings section is also similar.
Each capability is stored as a short integer, in the format above.
-A value of -1 means the capability is missing.
+A value of \-1 means the capability is missing.
Otherwise, the value is taken as an offset from the beginning
of the string table.
Special characters in ^X or \ec notation are stored in their
Despite the consistent use of little-endian for numbers and the otherwise
self-describing format, it is not wise to count on portability of binary
terminfo entries between commercial UNIX versions. The problem is that there
-are at least three versions of terminfo (under HP-UX, AIX, and OSF/1) which
+are at least three versions of terminfo (under HP\-UX, AIX, and OSF/1) which
diverged from System V terminfo after SVr1, and have added extension
capabilities to the string table that (in the binary format) collide with
System V and XSI Curses extensions. See \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for detailed
discussion of terminfo source compatibility issues.
.SH EXAMPLE
As an example, here is a hex dump of the description for the Lear-Siegler
-ADM-3, a popular though rather stupid early terminal:
+ADM\-3, a popular though rather stupid early terminal:
.nf
.sp
adm3a|lsi adm3a,
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: term.7,v 1.20 2010/01/30 21:27:35 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: term.7,v 1.21 2010/07/31 15:28:39 tom Exp $
.TH term 7
.ds n 5
.ds d @TERMINFO@
is critical for all screen-oriented programs, including your editor and mailer.
.PP
A default \fBTERM\fR value will be set on a per-line basis by either
-\fB/etc/inittab\fR (e.g., System-V-like UNIXes)
+\fB/etc/inittab\fR (e.g., System\-V-like UNIXes)
or \fB/etc/ttys\fR (BSD UNIXes).
This will nearly always suffice for workstation and microcomputer consoles.
.PP
to examine an entry, you must use the \fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M) command.
Invoke it as follows:
.sp
- @INFOCMP@ \fIentry-name\fR
+ @INFOCMP@ \fIentry_name\fR
.sp
-where \fIentry-name\fR is the name of the type you wish to examine (and the
+where \fIentry_name\fR is the name of the type you wish to examine (and the
name of its capability file the subdirectory of \*d named for its first
letter). This command dumps a capability file in the text format described by
\fBterminfo\fR(\*n).
with another that has this suffix and uses magic cookies to support multiple
attributes.
.TP 5
--am
+\-am
Enable auto-margin (right-margin wraparound).
.TP 5
--m
-Mono mode - suppress color support.
+\-m
+Mono mode \- suppress color support.
.TP 5
--na
-No arrow keys - termcap ignores arrow keys which are actually there on the
+\-na
+No arrow keys \- termcap ignores arrow keys which are actually there on the
terminal, so the user can use the arrow keys locally.
.TP 5
--nam
-No auto-margin - suppress am capability.
+\-nam
+No auto-margin \- suppress am capability.
.TP 5
--nl
-No labels - suppress soft labels.
+\-nl
+No labels \- suppress soft labels.
.TP 5
--nsl
-No status line - suppress status line.
+\-nsl
+No status line \- suppress status line.
.TP 5
--pp
+\-pp
Has a printer port which is used.
.TP 5
--rv
+\-rv
Terminal in reverse video mode (black on white).
.TP 5
--s
+\-s
Enable status line.
.TP 5
--vb
+\-vb
Use visible bell (flash) rather than beep.
.TP 5
--w
+\-w
Wide; terminal is in 132 column mode.
.PP
Conventionally, if your terminal type is a variant intended to specify a
line height, that suffix should go first. So, for a hypothetical FuBarCo
model 2317 terminal in 30-line mode with reverse video, best form would be
-\fBfubar-30-rv\fR (rather than, say, `fubar-rv-30').
+\fBfubar\-30\-rv\fR (rather than, say, `fubar\-rv\-30').
.PP
Terminal types that are written not as standalone entries, but rather as
components to be plugged into other entries via \fBuse\fP capabilities,
are distinguished by using embedded plus signs rather than dashes.
.PP
-Commands which use a terminal type to control display often accept a -T
+Commands which use a terminal type to control display often accept a \-T
option that accepts a terminal name argument. Such programs should fall back
-on the \fBTERM\fR environment variable when no -T option is specified.
+on the \fBTERM\fR environment variable when no \-T option is specified.
.SH PORTABILITY
For maximum compatibility with older System V UNIXes, names and aliases
should be unique within the first 14 characters.
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: terminfo.head,v 1.17 2009/09/19 19:59:38 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: terminfo.head,v 1.18 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH terminfo 5 "" "" "File Formats"
.ds n 5
.ds d @TERMINFO@
.PP
Newlines and leading tabs may be used for formatting entries for readability.
These are removed from parsed entries.
-The \fB@INFOCMP@\ -f\fP option relies on this to format if-then-else expressions:
+The \fB@INFOCMP@\ \-f\fP option relies on this to format if-then-else expressions:
the result can be read by \fB@TIC@\fP.
.PP
Terminal names (except for the last, verbose entry) should
This name should not contain hyphens.
Modes that the hardware can be in, or user preferences, should
be indicated by appending a hyphen and a mode suffix.
-Thus, a vt100 in 132 column mode would be vt100-w.
+Thus, a vt100 in 132 column mode would be vt100\-w.
The following suffixes should be used where possible:
.PP
.TS
l c l
l l l.
\fBSuffix Meaning Example\fP
--\fInn\fP Number of lines on the screen aaa-60
--\fIn\fPp Number of pages of memory c100-4p
--am With automargins (usually the default) vt100-am
--m Mono mode; suppress color ansi-m
--mc Magic cookie; spaces when highlighting wy30-mc
--na No arrow keys (leave them in local) c100-na
--nam Without automatic margins vt100-nam
--nl No status line att4415-nl
--ns No status line hp2626-ns
--rv Reverse video c100-rv
--s Enable status line vt100-s
--vb Use visible bell instead of beep wy370-vb
--w Wide mode (> 80 columns, usually 132) vt100-w
+\-\fInn\fP Number of lines on the screen aaa\-60
+\-\fIn\fPp Number of pages of memory c100\-4p
+\-am With automargins (usually the default) vt100\-am
+\-m Mono mode; suppress color ansi\-m
+\-mc Magic cookie; spaces when highlighting wy30\-mc
+\-na No arrow keys (leave them in local) c100\-na
+\-nam Without automatic margins vt100\-nam
+\-nl No status line att4415\-nl
+\-ns No status line hp2626\-ns
+\-rv Reverse video c100\-rv
+\-s Enable status line vt100\-s
+\-vb Use visible bell instead of beep wy370\-vb
+\-w Wide mode (> 80 columns, usually 132) vt100\-w
.TE
.PP
For more on terminal naming conventions, see the \fBterm(7)\fR manual page.
-.\" $Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.50 2009/09/19 19:56:15 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.51 2010/07/31 16:02:40 tom Exp $
.\" Beginning of terminfo.tail file
.\" This file is part of ncurses.
.\" See "terminfo.head" for copyright.
kf11=\\E[W, kf12=\\E[X, kf2=\\E[N, kf3=\\E[O, kf4=\\E[P,
kf5=\\E[Q, kf6=\\E[R, kf7=\\E[S, kf8=\\E[T, kf9=\\E[U,
kich1=\\E[L, mc4=\\E[4i, mc5=\\E[5i, nel=\\r\\E[S,
- op=\\E[37;40m, rep=%p1%c\\E[%p2%{1}%-%db,
+ op=\\E[37;40m, rep=%p1%c\\E[%p2%{1}%\-%db,
rin=\\E[%p1%dT, s0ds=\\E(B, s1ds=\\E)B, s2ds=\\E*B,
s3ds=\\E+B, setab=\\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\\E[3%p1%dm,
setb=\\E[4%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m,
outputs `%'
.TP
%\fI[[\fP:\fI]flags][width[.precision]][\fPdoxXs\fI]\fP
-as in \fBprintf\fP, flags are [-+#] and space.
-Use a `:' to allow the next character to be a `-' flag,
-avoiding interpreting "%-" as an operator.
+as in \fBprintf\fP, flags are [\-+#] and space.
+Use a `:' to allow the next character to be a `\-' flag,
+avoiding interpreting "%\-" as an operator.
.TP
%c
print pop() like %c in \fBprintf\fP
%s
print pop() like %s in \fBprintf\fP
.TP
-%p[1-9]
+%p[1\-9]
push \fIi\fP'th parameter
.TP
-%P[a-z]
-set dynamic variable [a-z] to pop()
+%P[a\-z]
+set dynamic variable [a\-z] to pop()
.TP
-%g[a-z]
-get dynamic variable [a-z] and push it
+%g[a\-z]
+get dynamic variable [a\-z] and push it
.TP
-%P[A-Z]
-set static variable [a-z] to pop()
+%P[A\-Z]
+set static variable [a\-z] to pop()
.TP
-%g[A-Z]
-get static variable [a-z] and push it
+%g[A\-Z]
+get static variable [a\-z] and push it
.IP
The terms "static" and "dynamic" are misleading.
Historically, these are simply two different sets of variables,
%l
push strlen(pop)
.TP
-%+ %- %* %/ %m
+%+ %\- %* %/ %m
arithmetic (%m is mod): push(pop() op pop())
.TP
%& %| %^
.IP
where c\di\u are conditions, b\di\u are bodies.
.IP
-Use the \fB-f\fP option of \fBtic\fP or \fB@INFOCMP@\fP to see
-the structure of if-the-else's.
+Use the \fB\-f\fP option of \fBtic\fP or \fB@INFOCMP@\fP to see
+the structure of if-then-else's.
Some strings, e.g., \fBsgr\fP can be very complicated when written
on one line.
-The \fB-f\fP option splits the string into lines with the parts indented.
+The \fB\-f\fP option splits the string into lines with the parts indented.
.PP
Binary operations are in postfix form with the operands in the usual order.
-That is, to get x-5 one would use "%gx%{5}%-".
+That is, to get x\-5 one would use "%gx%{5}%-".
%P and %g variables are
persistent across escape-string evaluations.
.PP
an entry with \fBcsr\fR).
.PP
Yet another way to construct insert and delete might be to use a combination of
-index with the memory-lock feature found on some terminals (like the HP-700/90
+index with the memory-lock feature found on some terminals (like the HP\-700/90
series, which however also has insert/delete).
.PP
Inserting lines at the top or bottom of the screen can also be
arrow pointing down ACS_DARROW v .
arrow pointing left ACS_LARROW < ,
arrow pointing right ACS_RARROW > +
-arrow pointing up ACS_UARROW ^ -
+arrow pointing up ACS_UARROW ^ \-
board of squares ACS_BOARD # h
bullet ACS_BULLET o ~
checker board (stipple) ACS_CKBOARD : a
diamond ACS_DIAMOND + `
greater-than-or-equal-to ACS_GEQUAL > z
greek pi ACS_PI * {
-horizontal line ACS_HLINE - q
+horizontal line ACS_HLINE \- q
lantern symbol ACS_LANTERN # i
large plus or crossover ACS_PLUS + n
less-than-or-equal-to ACS_LEQUAL < y
not-equal ACS_NEQUAL ! |
plus/minus ACS_PLMINUS # g
scan line 1 ACS_S1 ~ o
-scan line 3 ACS_S3 - p
-scan line 7 ACS_S7 - r
+scan line 3 ACS_S3 \- p
+scan line 7 ACS_S7 \- r
scan line 9 ACS_S9 \&_ s
solid square block ACS_BLOCK # 0
tee pointing down ACS_TTEE + w
Tektronix-like
terminals have a predefined set of N colors (where N usually 8), and can set
character-cell foreground and background characters independently, mixing them
-into N * N color-pairs.
+into N\ *\ N color-pairs.
On HP-like terminals, the use must set each color
pair up separately (foreground and background are not independently settable).
Up to M color-pairs may be set up from 2*M different colors.
On a Tektronix-like terminal, the capability \fBccc\fR may be present to
indicate that colors can be modified.
If so, the \fBinitc\fR capability will
-take a color number (0 to \fBcolors\fR - 1)and three more parameters which
+take a color number (0 to \fBcolors\fR \- 1)and three more parameters which
describe the color.
These three parameters default to being interpreted as RGB
(Red, Green, Blue) values.
On an HP-like terminal, \fBinitp\fR may give a capability for changing a
color-pair value.
It will take seven parameters; a color-pair number (0 to
-\fBmax_pairs\fR - 1), and two triples describing first background and then
+\fBmax_pairs\fR \- 1), and two triples describing first background and then
foreground colors.
These parameters must be (Red, Green, Blue) or
(Hue, Lightness, Saturation) depending on \fBhls\fR.
use reference that imports it, where \fIxx\fP is the capability.
For example, the entry
.PP
- 2621-nl, smkx@, rmkx@, use=2621,
+ 2621\-nl, smkx@, rmkx@, use=2621,
.PP
-defines a 2621-nl that does not have the \fBsmkx\fR or \fBrmkx\fR capabilities,
+defines a 2621\-nl that does not have the \fBsmkx\fR or \fBrmkx\fR capabilities,
and hence does not turn on the function key labels when in visual mode.
This is useful for different modes for a terminal, or for different
user preferences.
allocate a 1024-byte buffer for the termcap entry.
The entry gets null-terminated by
the termcap library, so that makes the maximum safe length for a termcap entry
-1k-1 (1023) bytes.
+1k\-1 (1023) bytes.
Depending on what the application and the termcap library
being used does, and where in the termcap file the terminal type that \fBtgetent()\fP
is searching for is, several bad things can happen.
terminal types and users whose TERM variable does not have a termcap
entry.
.PP
-When in -C (translate to termcap) mode, the \fBncurses\fR implementation of
+When in \-C (translate to termcap) mode, the \fBncurses\fR implementation of
\fB@TIC@\fR(1M) issues warning messages when the pre-tc length of a termcap
translation is too long.
-The -c (check) option also checks resolved (after tc
+The \-c (check) option also checks resolved (after tc
expansion) lengths.
.SS Binary Compatibility
It is not wise to count on portability of binary terminfo entries between
commercial UNIX versions.
The problem is that there are at least two versions
-of terminfo (under HP-UX and AIX) which diverged from System V terminfo after
+of terminfo (under HP\-UX and AIX) which diverged from System V terminfo after
SVr1, and have added extension capabilities to the string table that (in the
binary format) collide with System V and XSI Curses extensions.
.SH EXTENSIONS
Here
is a summary, accurate as of October 1995:
.PP
-\fBSVR4, Solaris, ncurses\fR --
+\fBSVR4, Solaris, ncurses\fR \-\-
These support all SVr4 capabilities.
.PP
-\fBSGI\fR --
+\fBSGI\fR \-\-
Supports the SVr4 set, adds one undocumented extended string
capability (\fBset_pglen\fR).
.PP
-\fBSVr1, Ultrix\fR --
+\fBSVr1, Ultrix\fR \-\-
These support a restricted subset of terminfo capabilities.
The booleans
end with \fBxon_xoff\fR; the numerics with \fBwidth_status_line\fR; and the
strings with \fBprtr_non\fR.
.PP
-\fBHP/UX\fR --
+\fBHP/UX\fR \-\-
Supports the SVr1 subset, plus the SVr[234] numerics \fBnum_labels\fR,
\fBlabel_height\fR, \fBlabel_width\fR, plus function keys 11 through 63, plus
\fBplab_norm\fR, \fBlabel_on\fR, and \fBlabel_off\fR, plus some incompatible
extensions in the string table.
.PP
-\fBAIX\fR --
+\fBAIX\fR \-\-
Supports the SVr1 subset, plus function keys 11 through 63, plus a number
of incompatible string table extensions.
.PP
-\fBOSF\fR --
+\fBOSF\fR \-\-
Supports both the SVr4 set and the AIX extensions.
.SH FILES
.TP 25
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: tic.1m,v 1.44 2006/12/24 17:59:11 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: tic.1m,v 1.45 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH @TIC@ 1M ""
.ds n 5
.ds d @TERMINFO@
.SH NAME
-\fBtic\fR - the \fIterminfo\fR entry-description compiler
+\fBtic\fR \- the \fIterminfo\fR entry-description compiler
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtic\fR
-[\fB-\
+[\fB\-\
1\
C\
G\
t\
x\
\fR]
-[\fB-e\fR \fInames\fR]
-[\fB-o\fR \fIdir\fR]
-[\fB-R\fR \fIsubset\fR]
-[\fB-v\fR[\fIn\fR]]
-[\fB-w\fR[\fIn\fR]]
+[\fB\-e\fR \fInames\fR]
+[\fB\-o\fR \fIdir\fR]
+[\fB\-R\fR \fIsubset\fR]
+[\fB\-v\fR[\fIn\fR]]
+[\fB\-w\fR[\fIn\fR]]
\fIfile\fR
.br
.SH DESCRIPTION
directory first, look at \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fR if TERMINFO is not set, and
finally look in \fI\*d\fR.
.TP
-\fB-1\fR
+\fB\-1\fR
restricts the output to a single column
.TP
-\fB-a\fR
+\fB\-a\fR
tells \fBtic\fP to retain commented-out capabilities rather than discarding
them. Capabilities are commented by prefixing them with a period.
-This sets the \fB-x\fR option, because it treats the commented-out
+This sets the \fB\-x\fR option, because it treats the commented-out
entries as user-defined names.
If the source is termcap, accept the 2-character names required by version 6.
Otherwise these are ignored.
.TP
-\fB-C\fR
-Force source translation to termcap format. Note: this differs from the \fB-C\fR
+\fB\-C\fR
+Force source translation to termcap format. Note: this differs from the \fB\-C\fR
option of \fB@INFOCMP@\fR(1M) in that it does not merely translate capability
names, but also translates terminfo strings to termcap format. Capabilities
that are not translatable are left in the entry under their terminfo names
but commented out with two preceding dots.
.TP
-\fB-c\fR
+\fB\-c\fR
tells \fBtic\fP to only check \fIfile\fR for errors, including syntax problems and
-bad use links. If you specify \fB-C\fR (\fB-I\fR) with this option, the code
+bad use links. If you specify \fB\-C\fR (\fB\-I\fR) with this option, the code
will print warnings about entries which, after use resolution, are more than
1023 (4096) bytes long. Due to a fixed buffer length in older termcap
libraries (and a documented limit in terminfo), these entries may cause core
dumps.
.TP
-\fB-e \fR\fInames\fR
+\fB\-e \fR\fInames\fR
Limit writes and translations to the following comma-separated list of
terminals.
If any name or alias of a terminal matches one of the names in
Otherwise no output will be generated for it.
The option value is interpreted as a file containing the list if it
contains a '/'.
-(Note: depending on how tic was compiled, this option may require \fB-I\fR or \fB-C\fR.)
+(Note: depending on how tic was compiled, this option may require \fB\-I\fR or \fB\-C\fR.)
.TP
-\fB-f\fR
+\fB\-f\fR
Display complex terminfo strings which contain if/then/else/endif expressions
indented for readability.
.TP
-\fB-G\fR
+\fB\-G\fR
Display constant literals in decimal form
rather than their character equivalents.
.TP
-\fB-g\fR
+\fB\-g\fR
Display constant character literals in quoted form
rather than their decimal equivalents.
.TP
-\fB-I\fR
+\fB\-I\fR
Force source translation to terminfo format.
.TP
-\fB-L\fR
+\fB\-L\fR
Force source translation to terminfo format
using the long C variable names listed in <\fBterm.h\fR>
.TP
-\fB-N\fR
+\fB\-N\fR
Disable smart defaults.
Normally, when translating from termcap to terminfo, the compiler makes
a number of assumptions about the defaults of string capabilities
This option forces a more literal translation that also preserves the
obsolete capabilities.
.TP
-\fB-o\fR\fIdir\fR
+\fB\-o\fR\fIdir\fR
Write compiled entries to given directory. Overrides the TERMINFO environment
variable.
.TP
-\fB-R\fR\fIsubset\fR
+\fB\-R\fR\fIsubset\fR
Restrict output to a given subset. This option is for use with archaic
versions of terminfo like those on SVr1, Ultrix, or HP/UX that do not support
the full set of SVR4/XSI Curses terminfo; and outright broken ports like AIX 3.x
that have their own extensions incompatible with SVr4/XSI. Available subsets
are "SVr1", "Ultrix", "HP", "BSD" and "AIX"; see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for details.
.TP
-\fB-r\fR
+\fB\-r\fR
Force entry resolution (so there are no remaining tc capabilities) even
when doing translation to termcap format. This may be needed if you are
preparing a termcap file for a termcap library (such as GNU termcap through
version 1.3 or BSD termcap through 4.3BSD) that does not handle multiple
tc capabilities per entry.
.TP
-\fB-s\fR
+\fB\-s\fR
Summarize the compile by showing the directory into which entries
are written, and the number of entries which are compiled.
.TP
-\fB-T\fR
+\fB\-T\fR
eliminates size-restrictions on the generated text.
This is mainly useful for testing and analysis, since the compiled
descriptions are limited (e.g., 1023 for termcap, 4096 for terminfo).
.TP
-\fB-t\fR
+\fB\-t\fR
tells \fBtic\fP to discard commented-out capabilities.
Normally when translating from terminfo to termcap,
untranslatable capabilities are commented-out.
.TP 5
-\fB-U\fR
+\fB\-U\fR
tells \fBtic\fP to not post-process the data after parsing the source file.
Normally, it infers data which is commonly missing in older terminfo data,
or in termcaps.
.TP
-\fB-V\fR
+\fB\-V\fR
reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits.
.TP
-\fB-v\fR\fIn\fR
+\fB\-v\fR\fIn\fR
specifies that (verbose) output be written to standard error trace
information showing \fBtic\fR's progress.
The optional parameter \fIn\fR is a number from 1 to 10, inclusive,
If \fIn\fR is specified and greater than 1, the level of
detail is increased.
.TP
-\fB-w\fR\fIn\fR
+\fB\-w\fR\fIn\fR
specifies the width of the output.
The parameter is optional.
If it is omitted, it defaults to 60.
.TP
-\fB-x\fR
+\fB\-x\fR
Treat unknown capabilities as user-defined.
That is, if you supply a capability name which \fBtic\fP does not recognize,
it will infer its type (boolean, number or string) from the syntax and
All but one of the capabilities recognized by \fBtic\fR are documented
in \fBterminfo\fR(\*n). The exception is the \fBuse\fR capability.
.PP
-When a \fBuse\fR=\fIentry\fR-\fIname\fR field is discovered in a
+When a \fBuse\fR=\fIentry\fR\-\fIname\fR field is discovered in a
terminal entry currently being compiled, \fBtic\fR reads in the binary
from \fB\*d\fR to complete the entry. (Entries created from
\fIfile\fR will be used first. If the environment variable
\fBTERMINFO\fR is set, that directory is searched instead of
\fB\*d\fR.) \fBtic\fR duplicates the capabilities in
-\fIentry\fR-\fIname\fR for the current entry, with the exception of
+\fIentry\fR\-\fIname\fR for the current entry, with the exception of
those capabilities that explicitly are defined in the current entry.
.PP
When an entry, e.g., \fBentry_name_1\fR, contains a
error messages, and can be parsed by GNU Emacs's compile facility.
.PP
The
-\fB-C\fR,
-\fB-G\fR,
-\fB-I\fR,
-\fB-N\fR,
-\fB-R\fR,
-\fB-T\fR,
-\fB-V\fR,
-\fB-a\fR,
-\fB-e\fR,
-\fB-f\fR,
-\fB-g\fR,
-\fB-o\fR,
-\fB-r\fR,
-\fB-s\fR,
-\fB-t\fR and
-\fB-x\fR
+\fB\-C\fR,
+\fB\-G\fR,
+\fB\-I\fR,
+\fB\-N\fR,
+\fB\-R\fR,
+\fB\-T\fR,
+\fB\-V\fR,
+\fB\-a\fR,
+\fB\-e\fR,
+\fB\-f\fR,
+\fB\-g\fR,
+\fB\-o\fR,
+\fB\-r\fR,
+\fB\-s\fR,
+\fB\-t\fR and
+\fB\-x\fR
options
are not supported under SVr4.
-The SVr4 \fB-c\fR mode does not report bad use links.
+The SVr4 \fB\-c\fR mode does not report bad use links.
.PP
System V does not compile entries to or read entries from your
\fI$HOME/.terminfo\fR directory unless TERMINFO is explicitly set to it.
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: toe.1m,v 1.21 2008/01/05 20:57:16 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: toe.1m,v 1.22 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH @TOE@ 1M ""
.ds n 5
.ds d @TERMINFO@
.SH NAME
-\fBtoe\fR - table of (terminfo) entries
+\fBtoe\fR \- table of (terminfo) entries
.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBtoe\fR [\fB-v\fR[\fIn\fR]] [\fB-ahuUV\fR] \fIfile...\fR
+\fBtoe\fR [\fB\-v\fR[\fIn\fR]] [\fB\-ahuUV\fR] \fIfile...\fR
.br
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
File arguments specify the directories to be scanned; if no
such arguments are given,
your default terminfo directory is scanned.
-If you also specify the \fB-h\fR option,
+If you also specify the \fB\-h\fR option,
a directory header will be issued as each
directory is entered.
.PP
There are other options intended for use by terminfo file maintainers:
.TP
-\fB-a\fR
+\fB\-a\fR
report on all of the terminal databases which ncurses would search,
rather than only the first one that it finds.
.TP
-\fB-u\fR \fIfile\fR
+\fB\-u\fR \fIfile\fR
says to write a report to the standard output,
listing dependencies in the given terminfo/termcap source file.
The report condenses the `use' relation:
capabilities,
followed by a newline
.TP
-\fB-U\fR \fIfile\fR
+\fB\-U\fR \fIfile\fR
says to write a report to the standard output,
listing reverse dependencies in the given terminfo/termcap source file.
The report reverses the `use' relation:
whitespace-separated primary names of all terminals which depend on it,
followed by a newline.
.TP
-\fB-v\fR\fIn\fR
+\fB\-v\fR\fIn\fR
specifies that (verbose) output be written to standard error,
showing \fBtoe\fR's progress.
The optional parameter \fIn\fR is a number from 1 to 10,
interpreted as for \fB@TIC@\fR(1M).
.TP
-\fB-V\fR
+\fB\-V\fR
reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program,
and exits.
.SH FILES
'\" t
.\"***************************************************************************
-.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2005,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
+.\" Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. *
.\" *
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a *
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the *
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: tput.1,v 1.27 2006/12/24 18:11:31 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: tput.1,v 1.28 2010/07/31 16:08:48 tom Exp $
.TH @TPUT@ 1 ""
.ds d @TERMINFO@
.ds n 1
.SH NAME
-\fB@TPUT@\fR, \fBreset\fR - initialize a terminal or query terminfo database
+\fB@TPUT@\fR, \fBreset\fR \- initialize a terminal or query terminfo database
.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fB@TPUT@\fR [\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fIcapname\fR [\fIparms\fR ... ]
+\fB@TPUT@\fR [\fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fIcapname\fR [\fIparms\fR ... ]
.br
-\fB@TPUT@\fR [\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBinit\fR
+\fB@TPUT@\fR [\fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBinit\fR
.br
-\fB@TPUT@\fR [\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBreset\fR
+\fB@TPUT@\fR [\fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBreset\fR
.br
-\fB@TPUT@\fR [\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBlongname\fR
+\fB@TPUT@\fR [\fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBlongname\fR
.br
-\fB@TPUT@ -S\fR \fB<<\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ \-S\fR \fB<<\fR
.br
-\fB@TPUT@ -V\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ \-V\fR
.br
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fB@TPUT@\fR utility uses the \fBterminfo\fR database to make the
For a complete list of capabilities
and the \fIcapname\fR associated with each, see \fBterminfo\fR(5).
.TP
-\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR
+\fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR
indicates the \fItype\fR of terminal. Normally this option is
unnecessary, because the default is taken from the environment
-variable \fBTERM\fR. If \fB-T\fR is specified, then the shell
+variable \fBTERM\fR. If \fB\-T\fR is specified, then the shell
variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR will be ignored,and the
operating system will not be queried for the actual screen size.
.TP
If no parameters are given for the capability,
\fB@TPUT@\fR writes the string without performing the substitution.
.TP
-\fB-S\fR
+\fB\-S\fR
allows more than one capability per invocation of \fB@TPUT@\fR. The
capabilities must be passed to \fB@TPUT@\fR from the standard input
instead of from the command line (see example).
Only one \fIcapname\fR is allowed per line.
-The \fB-S\fR option changes the
+The \fB\-S\fR option changes the
meaning of the \fB0\fR and \fB1\fR boolean and string exit codes (see the
EXIT CODES section).
.IP
to decide whether to use \fBtparm\fR (3X),
and how to interpret the parameters.
.TP
-\fB-V\fR
+\fB\-V\fR
reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits.
.TP
\fBinit\fR
If the \fBterminfo\fR database is present and an entry for the user's
-terminal exists (see \fB-T\fR\fItype\fR, above), the following will
+terminal exists (see \fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR, above), the following will
occur:
.RS
.TP
.TP
\fBlongname\fR
If the \fBterminfo\fR database is present and an entry for the
-user's terminal exists (see \fB-T\fR\fItype\fR above), then the long name
+user's terminal exists (see \fB\-T\fR\fItype\fR above), then the long name
of the terminal will be put out. The long name is the last
name in the first line of the terminal's description in the
\fBterminfo\fR database [see \fBterm\fR(5)].
the environmental variable \fBTERM\fR has been exported, as
illustrated on the \fBprofile\fR(5) manual page.
.TP 5
-\fB@TPUT@ -T5620 reset\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ \-T5620 reset\fR
Reset an AT&T 5620 terminal, overriding the type of
terminal in the environmental variable \fBTERM\fR.
.TP 5
\fB@TPUT@ cols\fR
Print the number of columns for the current terminal.
.TP 5
-\fB@TPUT@ -T450 cols\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ \-T450 cols\fR
Print the number of columns for the 450 terminal.
.TP 5
\fBbold=`@TPUT@ smso` offbold=`@TPUT@ rmso`\fR
variable \fBTERM\fR.
.PP
.RS 5
-\fB@TPUT@ -S <<!\fR
+\fB@TPUT@ \-S <<!\fR
.br
\fB> clear\fR
.br
information, see the "Tabs and Initialization"
section of \fBterminfo\fR(5)
.SH EXIT CODES
-If the \fB-S\fR option is used,
+If the \fB\-S\fR option is used,
\fB@TPUT@\fR checks for errors from each line,
and if any errors are found, will set the exit code to 4 plus the
number of lines with errors.
No indication of which line failed can be given so
exit code \fB1\fR will never appear. Exit codes \fB2\fR, \fB3\fR, and
\fB4\fR retain their usual interpretation.
-If the \fB-S\fR option is not used,
+If the \fB\-S\fR option is not used,
the exit code depends on the type of \fIcapname\fR:
.RS 5
.TP
whether or not \fIcapname\fR is defined for this terminal \fItype\fR.
To determine if \fIcapname\fR is defined for this terminal \fItype\fR,
the user must test the value written to standard output.
-A value of \fB-1\fR
+A value of \fB\-1\fR
means that \fIcapname\fR is not defined for this terminal \fItype\fR.
.TP
.I other
\fB0\fR T{
(\fIcapname\fR is a numeric variable that is not specified in the
\fBterminfo\fR(5) database for this terminal type, e.g.
-\fB@TPUT@ -T450 lines\fR and \fB@TPUT@ -T2621 xmc\fR)
+\fB@TPUT@ \-T450 lines\fR and \fB@TPUT@ \-T2621 xmc\fR)
T}
\fB1\fR no error message is printed, see the \fBEXIT CODES\fR section.
\fB2\fR usage error
\fB3\fR unknown terminal \fItype\fR or no \fBterminfo\fR database
\fB4\fR unknown \fBterminfo\fR capability \fIcapname\fR
-\fB>4\fR error occurred in -S
+\fB>4\fR error occurred in \-S
=
.TE
.SH PORTABILITY
.PP
-The \fBlongname\fR and \fB-S\fR options, and the parameter-substitution
+The \fBlongname\fR and \fB\-S\fR options, and the parameter-substitution
features used in the \fBcup\fR example, are not supported in BSD curses or in
AT&T/USL curses before SVr4.
.PP
.\" authorization. *
.\"***************************************************************************
.\"
-.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.22 2010/01/30 21:27:43 tom Exp $
+.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.23 2010/07/31 15:59:30 tom Exp $
.TH @TSET@ 1 ""
.SH NAME
-\fBtset\fR, \fBreset\fR - terminal initialization
+\fBtset\fR, \fBreset\fR \- terminal initialization
.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBtset\fR [\fB-IQVcqrsw\fR] [\fB-\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB-k\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB-m\fR \fImapping\fR] [\fIterminal\fR]
+\fBtset\fR [\fB\-IQVcqrsw\fR] [\fB\-\fR] [\fB\-e\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-i\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-k\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-m\fR \fImapping\fR] [\fIterminal\fR]
.br
-\fBreset\fR [\fB-IQVcqrsw\fR] [\fB-\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB-i\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB-k\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB-m\fR \fImapping\fR] [\fIterminal\fR]
+\fBreset\fR [\fB\-IQVcqrsw\fR] [\fB\-\fR] [\fB\-e\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-i\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-k\fR \fIch\fR] [\fB\-m\fR \fImapping\fR] [\fIterminal\fR]
.SH DESCRIPTION
\&\fBTset\fR initializes terminals.
\fBTset\fR first determines the type of terminal that you are using.
.PP
3. (BSD systems only.) The terminal type associated with the standard
error output device in the \fI/etc/ttys\fR file.
-(On System-V-like UNIXes and systems using that convention,
+(On System\-V-like UNIXes and systems using that convention,
\fIgetty\fR does this job by setting
\fBTERM\fR according to the type passed to it by \fI/etc/inittab\fR.)
.PP
4. The default terminal type, ``unknown''.
.PP
-If the terminal type was not specified on the command-line, the \fB-m\fR
+If the terminal type was not specified on the command-line, the \fB\-m\fR
option mappings are then applied (see the section
.B TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING
for more information).
Finally, if the erase, interrupt and line kill characters have changed,
or are not set to their default values, their values are displayed to the
standard error output.
-Use the \fB-c\fP or \fB-w\fP option to select only the window sizing
+Use the \fB\-c\fP or \fB\-w\fP option to select only the window sizing
versus the other initialization.
If neither option is given, both are assumed.
.PP
.PP
The options are as follows:
.TP 5
-.B -c
+.B \-c
Set control characters and modes.
-.B -e
+.B \-e
Set the erase character to \fIch\fR.
.TP
-.B -I
+.B \-I
Do not send the terminal or tab initialization strings to the terminal.
.TP
-.B -i
+.B \-i
Set the interrupt character to \fIch\fR.
.TP
-.B -k
+.B \-k
Set the line kill character to \fIch\fR.
.TP
-.B -m
+.B \-m
Specify a mapping from a port type to a terminal.
See the section
.B TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING
for more information.
.TP
-.B -Q
+.B \-Q
Do not display any values for the erase, interrupt and line kill characters.
Normally \fBtset\fR displays the values for control characters which
differ from the system's default values.
.TP
-.B -q
+.B \-q
The terminal type is displayed to the standard output, and the terminal is
-not initialized in any way. The option `-' by itself is equivalent but
+not initialized in any way. The option `\-' by itself is equivalent but
archaic.
.TP
-.B -r
+.B \-r
Print the terminal type to the standard error output.
.TP
-.B -s
+.B \-s
Print the sequence of shell commands to initialize the environment variable
\fBTERM\fR to the standard output.
See the section
.B SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT
for details.
.TP
-.B -V
+.B \-V
reports the version of ncurses which was used in this program, and exits.
.TP
-.B -w
+.B \-w
Resize the window to match the size deduced via \fBsetupterm\fP.
Normally this has no effect,
unless \fBsetupterm\fP is not able to detect the window size.
.PP
-The arguments for the \fB-e\fR, \fB-i\fR, and \fB-k\fR
+The arguments for the \fB\-e\fR, \fB\-i\fR, and \fB\-k\fR
options may either be entered as actual characters or by using the `hat'
notation, i.e., control-h may be specified as ``^H'' or ``^h''.
.
.SH SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT
It is often desirable to enter the terminal type and information about
the terminal's capabilities into the shell's environment.
-This is done using the \fB-s\fR option.
+This is done using the \fB\-s\fR option.
.PP
-When the \fB-s\fR option is specified, the commands to enter the information
+When the \fB\-s\fR option is specified, the commands to enter the information
into the shell's environment are written to the standard output. If
the \fBSHELL\fR environmental variable ends in ``csh'', the commands
are for \fBcsh\fR, otherwise, they are for \fBsh\fR.
\fBnoglob\fR, leaving it unset. The following line in the \fB.login\fR
or \fB.profile\fR files will initialize the environment correctly:
.sp
- eval \`tset -s options ... \`
+ eval \`tset \-s options ... \`
.
.SH TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING
When the terminal is not hardwired into the system (or the current
When \fBtset\fR is used in a startup script it is often desirable to
provide information about the type of terminal used on such ports.
.PP
-The purpose of the \fB-m\fR option is to map
+The purpose of the \fB\-m\fR option is to map
from some set of conditions to a terminal type, that is, to
tell \fBtset\fR
``If I'm on this port at a particular speed, guess that I'm on that
kind of terminal''.
.PP
-The argument to the \fB-m\fR option consists of an optional port type, an
+The argument to the \fB\-m\fR option consists of an optional port type, an
optional operator, an optional baud rate specification, an optional
colon (``:'') character and a terminal type. The port type is a
string (delimited by either the operator or the colon character). The
of the standard error output (which should be the control terminal).
The terminal type is a string.
.PP
-If the terminal type is not specified on the command line, the \fB-m\fR
+If the terminal type is not specified on the command line, the \fB\-m\fR
mappings are applied to the terminal type. If the port type and baud
rate match the mapping, the terminal type specified in the mapping
replaces the current type. If more than one mapping is specified, the
.PP
If no baud rate is specified, the terminal type will match any baud rate.
If no port type is specified, the terminal type will match any port type.
-For example, \fB-m dialup:vt100 -m :?xterm\fR
+For example, \fB\-m dialup:vt100 \-m :?xterm\fR
will cause any dialup port, regardless of baud rate, to match the terminal
type vt100, and any non-dialup port type to match the terminal type ?xterm.
Note, because of the leading question mark, the user will be
queried on a default port as to whether they are actually using an xterm
terminal.
.PP
-No whitespace characters are permitted in the \fB-m\fR option argument.
+No whitespace characters are permitted in the \fB\-m\fR option argument.
Also, to avoid problems with meta-characters, it is suggested that the
-entire \fB-m\fR option argument be placed within single quote characters,
+entire \fB\-m\fR option argument be placed within single quote characters,
and that \fBcsh\fR users insert a backslash character (``\e'') before
any exclamation marks (``!'').
.SH HISTORY
\fBtset\fR's most important use). This implementation behaves like 4.4BSD
tset, with a few exceptions specified here.
.PP
-The \fB-S\fR option of BSD tset no longer works; it prints an error message to stderr
-and dies. The \fB-s\fR option only sets \fBTERM\fR, not \fBTERMCAP\fP. Both these
+The \fB\-S\fR option of BSD tset no longer works; it prints an error message to stderr
+and dies. The \fB\-s\fR option only sets \fBTERM\fR, not \fBTERMCAP\fP. Both these
changes are because the \fBTERMCAP\fR variable is no longer supported under
-terminfo-based \fBncurses\fR, which makes \fBtset -S\fR useless (we made it die
+terminfo-based \fBncurses\fR, which makes \fBtset \-S\fR useless (we made it die
noisily rather than silently induce lossage).
.PP
There was an undocumented 4.4BSD feature that invoking tset via a link named
`TSET` (or via any other name beginning with an upper-case letter) set the
terminal to use upper-case only. This feature has been omitted.
.PP
-The \fB-A\fR, \fB-E\fR, \fB-h\fR, \fB-u\fR and \fB-v\fR
+The \fB\-A\fR, \fB\-E\fR, \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-u\fR and \fB\-v\fR
options were deleted from the \fBtset\fR
utility in 4.4BSD.
None of them were documented in 4.3BSD and all are
of limited utility at best.
-The \fB-a\fR, \fB-d\fR, and \fB-p\fR options are similarly
+The \fB\-a\fR, \fB\-d\fR, and \fB\-p\fR options are similarly
not documented or useful, but were retained as they appear to be in
widespread use. It is strongly recommended that any usage of these
-three options be changed to use the \fB-m\fR option instead. The
--n option remains, but has no effect. The \fB-adnp\fR options are therefore
+three options be changed to use the \fB\-m\fR option instead. The
+-n option remains, but has no effect. The \fB\-adnp\fR options are therefore
omitted from the usage summary above.
.PP
-It is still permissible to specify the \fB-e\fR, \fB-i\fR, and \fB-k\fR options without
+It is still permissible to specify the \fB\-e\fR, \fB\-i\fR, and \fB\-k\fR options without
arguments, although it is strongly recommended that such usage be fixed to
explicitly specify the character.
.PP
-As of 4.4BSD, executing \fBtset\fR as \fBreset\fR no longer implies the \fB-Q\fR
-option. Also, the interaction between the - option and the \fIterminal\fR
+As of 4.4BSD, executing \fBtset\fR as \fBreset\fR no longer implies the \fB\-Q\fR
+option. Also, the interaction between the \- option and the \fIterminal\fR
argument in some historic implementations of \fBtset\fR has been removed.
.SH ENVIRONMENT
The \fBtset\fR command uses these environment variables:
.\"
.\" Author: Thomas E. Dickey 1996
.\"
-.\" $Id: wresize.3x,v 1.10 2010/02/27 21:49:29 Tim.van.der.Molen Exp $
+.\" $Id: wresize.3x,v 1.11 2010/07/31 15:30:32 tom Exp $
.TH wresize 3X ""
.SH NAME
-\fBwresize\fR - resize a curses window
+\fBwresize\fR \- resize a curses window
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB#include <curses.h>\fR
.sp
/*
- * $Id: curses.priv.h,v 1.463 2010/05/20 23:22:46 tom Exp $
+ * $Id: curses.priv.h,v 1.464 2010/07/31 22:16:10 tom Exp $
*
* curses.priv.h
*
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_putp_flush(const char *, const char *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_read_termcap_entry (const char *const, TERMTYPE *const);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_setupscreen (int, int, FILE *, bool, int);
+extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_setup_tinfo(const char *, TERMTYPE *);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(int) _nc_timed_wait (SCREEN *, int, int, int * EVENTLIST_2nd(_nc_eventlist *));
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_do_color (short, short, bool, NCURSES_OUTC);
extern NCURSES_EXPORT(void) _nc_flush (void);
#include <locale.h>
#endif
-MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_setup.c,v 1.128 2010/04/03 13:54:45 tom Exp $")
+MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_setup.c,v 1.130 2010/07/31 22:16:26 tom Exp $")
/****************************************************************************
*
exit(EXIT_FAILURE);\
}
-#ifndef USE_TERM_DRIVER
#if USE_DATABASE || USE_TERMCAP
/*
* Return 1 if entry found, 0 if not found, -1 if database not accessible,
* just like tgetent().
*/
-static int
-grab_entry(const char *const tn, TERMTYPE *const tp)
+int
+_nc_setup_tinfo(const char *const tn, TERMTYPE *const tp)
{
char filename[PATH_MAX];
int status = _nc_read_entry(tn, filename, tp);
return (status);
}
#endif
-#endif /* !USE_TERM_DRIVER */
/*
** Take the real command character out of the CC environment variable
"Not enough memory to create terminal structure.\n");
}
#ifdef USE_TERM_DRIVER
+ INIT_TERM_DRIVER();
TCB = (TERMINAL_CONTROL_BLOCK *) termp;
code = _nc_globals.term_driver(TCB, tname, errret);
if (code == OK) {
}
#else
#if USE_DATABASE || USE_TERMCAP
- status = grab_entry(tname, &termp->type);
+ status = _nc_setup_tinfo(tname, &termp->type);
#else
status = TGETENT_NO;
#endif
# endif
#endif
-MODULE_ID("$Id: tinfo_driver.c,v 1.11 2010/05/15 21:31:12 tom Exp $")
+MODULE_ID("$Id: tinfo_driver.c,v 1.12 2010/07/31 22:16:38 tom Exp $")
/*
* SCO defines TIOCGSIZE and the corresponding struct. Other systems (SunOS,
exit(EXIT_FAILURE);\
}
-#if USE_DATABASE || USE_TERMCAP
-/*
- * Return 1 if entry found, 0 if not found, -1 if database not accessible,
- * just like tgetent().
- */
-static int
-grab_entry(const char *const tn, TERMTYPE *const tp)
-{
- char filename[PATH_MAX];
- int status = _nc_read_entry(tn, filename, tp);
-
- /*
- * If we have an entry, force all of the cancelled strings to null
- * pointers so we don't have to test them in the rest of the library.
- * (The terminfo compiler bypasses this logic, since it must know if
- * a string is cancelled, for merging entries).
- */
- if (status == TGETENT_YES) {
- unsigned n;
- for_each_boolean(n, tp) {
- if (!VALID_BOOLEAN(tp->Booleans[n]))
- tp->Booleans[n] = FALSE;
- }
- for_each_string(n, tp) {
- if (tp->Strings[n] == CANCELLED_STRING)
- tp->Strings[n] = ABSENT_STRING;
- }
- }
- return (status);
-}
-#endif
-
static bool
drv_CanHandle(TERMINAL_CONTROL_BLOCK * TCB, const char *tname, int *errret)
{
TCB->magic = TCBMAGIC;
#if (USE_DATABASE || USE_TERMCAP)
- status = grab_entry(tname, &termp->type);
+ status = _nc_setup_tinfo(tname, &termp->type);
#else
status = TGETENT_NO;
#endif
*/
#include <curses.priv.h>
+#define CUR my_term.type.
-MODULE_ID("$Id: win_driver.c,v 1.8 2010/04/10 19:42:47 tom Exp $")
+MODULE_ID("$Id: win_driver.c,v 1.9 2010/07/31 23:43:21 tom Exp $")
#define WINMAGIC NCDRV_MAGIC(NCDRV_WINCONSOLE)
{
bool code = FALSE;
- T((T_CALLED("drv_CanHandle(%p)"), TCB));
+ T((T_CALLED("win32con::drv_CanHandle(%p)"), TCB));
assert(TCB != 0);
assert(tname != 0);
TCB->magic = WINMAGIC;
- if (*tname == 0 || *tname == 0 || strcmp(tname, "unknown") == 0) {
+ if (*tname == 0 || *tname == 0) {
code = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ TERMINAL my_term;
+ int status;
+
+ code = FALSE;
+#if (USE_DATABASE || USE_TERMCAP)
+ status = _nc_setup_tinfo(tname, &my_term.type);
+#else
+ status = TGETENT_NO;
+#endif
+ if (status != TGETENT_YES) {
+ const TERMTYPE *fallback = _nc_fallback(tname);
+
+ if (fallback) {
+ my_term.type = *fallback;
+ status = TGETENT_YES;
+ } else if (!strcmp(tname, "unknown")) {
+ code = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ if (status == TGETENT_YES) {
+ if (generic_type || hard_copy)
+ code = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (code) {
if ((TCB->term.type.Booleans) == 0) {
_nc_init_entry(&(TCB->term.type));
}
static void
drv_release(TERMINAL_CONTROL_BLOCK * TCB)
{
- T((T_CALLED("drv_release(%p)"), TCB));
+ T((T_CALLED("win32con::drv_release(%p)"), TCB));
AssertTCB();
if (TCB->prop)
{
DWORD num_buttons;
- T((T_CALLED("drv_init(%p)"), TCB));
+ T((T_CALLED("win32con::drv_init(%p)"), TCB));
AssertTCB();
memset(&inp, 0, sizeof(inp));
- T((T_CALLED("drv_read(%p)"), TCB));
+ T((T_CALLED("win32con::drv_read(%p)"), TCB));
while ((b = ReadConsoleInput(TCB->inp, &inp, 1, &nRead))) {
if (b && nRead > 0) {
if (inp.EventType == KEY_EVENT) {
projects / ncurses.git / commitdiff